WO2017132771A1 - Granzyme b inhibitor formulations and methods for the treatment of burns - Google Patents
Granzyme b inhibitor formulations and methods for the treatment of burns Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017132771A1 WO2017132771A1 PCT/CA2017/050126 CA2017050126W WO2017132771A1 WO 2017132771 A1 WO2017132771 A1 WO 2017132771A1 CA 2017050126 W CA2017050126 W CA 2017050126W WO 2017132771 A1 WO2017132771 A1 WO 2017132771A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- formulation
- compound
- alkyl
- optionally substituted
- amino
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 211
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 183
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 84
- 229940121832 Granzyme B inhibitor Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 52
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 20
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 180
- -1 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 82
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical group CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 69
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 67
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 claims description 62
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005213 alkyl heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims 5
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 93
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 65
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 62
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 62
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 59
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 42
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 35
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 35
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 32
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 31
- 102000001398 Granzyme Human genes 0.000 description 30
- 108060005986 Granzyme Proteins 0.000 description 30
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 30
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 28
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 22
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 21
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 20
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 17
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 16
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 101001009603 Homo sapiens Granzyme B Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 12
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 11
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 9
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010039509 Scab Diseases 0.000 description 8
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 7
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 7
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZHCLIFKUVIFYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-tetrazol-5-ylmethanamine Chemical compound NCC1=NN=NN1 ZHCLIFKUVIFYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 6
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- LJCWRJYVPJJTMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O LJCWRJYVPJJTMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QJCNLJWUIOIMMF-YUMQZZPRSA-N (2s,3s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C QJCNLJWUIOIMMF-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 5
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 5
- MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000012762 unpaired Student’s t-test Methods 0.000 description 5
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NSGDYZCDUPSTQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[5-bromo-1-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-4-methyl-2-oxopyridin-3-yl]cycloheptanecarboxamide Chemical compound Cc1c(Br)cn(Cc2ccc(F)cc2)c(=O)c1NC(=O)C1CCCCCC1 NSGDYZCDUPSTQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NMBISTPNRALWDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[3-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-5-(2H-tetrazol-5-ylmethylcarbamoyl)imidazolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl]carbamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(CN(C2CCCCC2)C1=O)C(=O)NCc1nn[nH]n1 NMBISTPNRALWDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- MEJYDZQQVZJMPP-ULAWRXDQSA-N (3s,3ar,6r,6ar)-3,6-dimethoxy-2,3,3a,5,6,6a-hexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan Chemical compound CO[C@H]1CO[C@@H]2[C@H](OC)CO[C@@H]21 MEJYDZQQVZJMPP-ULAWRXDQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RGFRWYYLQHTORM-LBPRGKRZSA-N C(C)(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(N(C[C@H]1C(=O)O)C1CCCCC1)=O Chemical compound C(C)(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(N(C[C@H]1C(=O)O)C1CCCCC1)=O RGFRWYYLQHTORM-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010067868 Skin mass Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthene Chemical compound C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 3
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013148 permeation assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 3
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AQTUACKQXJNHFQ-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(O)=O AQTUACKQXJNHFQ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIEIYNMVIMZFMQ-LURJTMIESA-N (4S)-3-[2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetyl]-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C(C)(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(NC[C@H]1C(=O)O)=O CIEIYNMVIMZFMQ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVDITSCGEQCTNV-RXMKTKRKSA-N (4s)-4-[[(2s)-2-acetamido-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-5-[2-[[(2s)-1-carboxy-3-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C=O SVDITSCGEQCTNV-RXMKTKRKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006708 (C5-C14) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- AJKDUJRRWLQXHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromocyclohexene Chemical compound BrC1CCCC=C1 AJKDUJRRWLQXHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QKBFHACSBZOFQT-HTZUNMPGSA-N 4-[[(2S,3S)-1-[[2-[(5S)-3-cyclohexyl-2-oxo-5-(2H-tetrazol-5-ylmethylcarbamoyl)imidazolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N=1NN=NC=1CNC(=O)[C@@H]1CN(C(N1C(CNC([C@H]([C@H](CC)C)NC(CCC(=O)O)=O)=O)=O)=O)C1CCCCC1 QKBFHACSBZOFQT-HTZUNMPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000172 C5-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 0 CC(C)(*)CC(C)(C)NC([C@](CN1*)N(C(C(*)N*)=O)C1=O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(*)CC(C)(C)NC([C@](CN1*)N(C(C(*)N*)=O)C1=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004091 Caspase-8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000538 Caspase-8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YVHAIVPPUIZFBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1CCCC1 YVHAIVPPUIZFBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004237 Decorin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000738 Decorin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KHGNFPUMBJSZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perforine Natural products COC1=C2CCC(O)C(CCC(C)(C)O)(OC)C2=NC2=C1C=CO2 KHGNFPUMBJSZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010811 Ultra-Performance Liquid Chromatography-Tandem Mass Spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MIFGOLAMNLSLGH-QOKNQOGYSA-N Z-Val-Ala-Asp(OMe)-CH2F Chemical compound COC(=O)C[C@@H](C(=O)CF)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 MIFGOLAMNLSLGH-QOKNQOGYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DOTNBMWXINWRCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-oxo-2-[2-oxo-5-(2H-tetrazol-5-ylmethylcarbamoyl)imidazolidin-1-yl]ethyl]carbamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(CNC1=O)C(=O)NCc1nn[nH]n1 DOTNBMWXINWRCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XXROGKLTLUQVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC=C XXROGKLTLUQVRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N chrysene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC3=C21 WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N coronene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactide Chemical compound CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O JJTUDXZGHPGLLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000037311 normal skin Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930192851 perforin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloretic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N picene Chemical compound C1=CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=C2C2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C=C2 GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N theobromine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- AIFRHYZBTHREPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N β-carboline Chemical compound N1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 AIFRHYZBTHREPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALZSTTDFHZHSCA-RNVDEAKXSA-N (4s)-4-[[(2s)-2-acetamido-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-5-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-3-carboxy-1-[(4-methyl-2-oxochromen-7-yl)amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(C)=O)C(C)C)=CC=C21 ALZSTTDFHZHSCA-RNVDEAKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004890 (C1-C6) alkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006700 (C1-C6) alkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHKKSKOHRFHHIN-MRVPVSSYSA-N 1-[[2-[(1R)-1-aminoethyl]-4-chlorophenyl]methyl]-2-sulfanylidene-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound N[C@H](C)C1=C(CN2C(NC(C3=C2C=CN3)=O)=S)C=CC(=C1)Cl BHKKSKOHRFHHIN-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004293 19F NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-isochromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2COC=CC2=C1 MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-perimidine Chemical compound N1C=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C32 AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODMMNALOCMNQJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CN21 ODMMNALOCMNQJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(O)=O VRPJIFMKZZEXLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940013085 2-diethylaminoethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004011 3 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001845 4 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LKDMKWNDBAVNQZ-WJNSRDFLSA-N 4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-1-(4-nitroanilino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NC=1C=CC(=CC=1)[N+]([O-])=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LKDMKWNDBAVNQZ-WJNSRDFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKDMKWNDBAVNQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[1-[[1-[2-[[1-(4-nitroanilino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N1CCCC1C(=O)NC(C(=O)NC=1C=CC(=CC=1)[N+]([O-])=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LKDMKWNDBAVNQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethylmorpholine Chemical compound CCN1CCOCC1 HVCNXQOWACZAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001054 5 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VBKPPDYGFUZOAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC=O VBKPPDYGFUZOAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004008 6 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010021160 Ac-aspartyl-glutamyl-valyl-aspartyl-aminomethylcoumarin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- KYNSBQPICQTCGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzopyrane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CCOC2=C1 KYNSBQPICQTCGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Betaine Natural products C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTVVCDJHCCRTTP-FGGUPADCSA-N C(C)(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)C=2C(OC3=CC(=CC=C3C2C)N)=O)CCC1 Chemical compound C(C)(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)C=2C(OC3=CC(=CC=C3C2C)N)=O)CCC1 HTVVCDJHCCRTTP-FGGUPADCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005915 C6-C14 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RGFRWYYLQHTORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(CN(C2CCCCC2)C1=O)C(O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(CN(C2CCCCC2)C1=O)C(O)=O RGFRWYYLQHTORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000019300 CLIPPERS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004173 Cathepsin G Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000617 Cathepsin G Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010049119 Emotional distress Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100030385 Granzyme B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000007821 HATU Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010020565 Hyperaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000544038 Luronium Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O N,N,N-trimethylglycinium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC(O)=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000012479 Serine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022999 Serine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004133 Sodium thiosulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triiodomethane Natural products IC(I)I OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triphenylene Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001938 Vegetable gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KPFBUSLHFFWMAI-HYRPPVSQSA-N [(8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-6-formyl-3-methoxy-10,13-dimethyl-1,2,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1C[C@@H]2[C@](CCC(OC)=C3)(C)C3=C(C=O)C[C@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@](OC(C)=O)(C(C)=O)[C@]21C KPFBUSLHFFWMAI-HYRPPVSQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N [(z)-hexadec-7-enyl] acetate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCOC(C)=O QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aceanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C=CC3=CC=C4)=C3C4=CC2=C1 JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004054 acenaphthylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acephenanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC2=CC=CC=C2C3=C1 SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetnaphthylene Natural products C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003444 anaesthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BVUSIQTYUVWOSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsindole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[As]C=CC2=C1 BVUSIQTYUVWOSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNNXFYIMEYKHBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N as-indacene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C2C=CC=C21 KNNXFYIMEYKHBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- QPKOBORKPHRBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-hydroxyethyl) terephthalate Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(=O)OCCO)C=C1 QPKOBORKPHRBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl alcohol Substances CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002603 chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])Cl 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000021930 chronic lymphocytic inflammation with pontine perivascular enhancement responsive to steroids Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004292 cytoskeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LCFXLZAXGXOXAP-QPJJXVBHSA-N ethyl (2e)-2-cyano-2-hydroxyiminoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(=N\O)\C#N LCFXLZAXGXOXAP-QPJJXVBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003784 fluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003349 gelling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000267 glycino group Chemical group [H]N([*])C([H])([H])C(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004969 haloethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004970 halomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004447 heteroarylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005312 heteroarylalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006882 induction of apoptosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCC2=C1 GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003253 isopropoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(O*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039092 medicated shampoos Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- PQIOSYKVBBWRRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonyl difluoride Chemical group CP(F)(F)=O PQIOSYKVBBWRRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002552 multiple reaction monitoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC8=CC=CC=C8C=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N octalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C2C=CC=CC=CC2=C1 OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC=CC=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=C3)C3=CC2=C1 WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ovalene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3C5=C6C(C=C3)=CC=C3C6=C6C(C=C3)=C3)C4=C5C6=C2C3=C1 LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007310 pathophysiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N penta-1,3-diene Chemical compound CC=CC=C PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentalene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005004 perfluoroethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- XDJOIMJURHQYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenalene Chemical compound C1=CC(CC=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 XDJOIMJURHQYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pleiadene Chemical compound C1=C2[CH]C=CC=C2C=C2C=CC=C3[C]2C1=CC=C3 DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002503 polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000861 pro-apoptotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- TWTXCUSBOLAUQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrano[3,2-b]pyrrole Chemical compound O1C=CC=C2N=CC=C21 TWTXCUSBOLAUQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyranthrene Chemical compound C1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC3=C(C=CC=C4)C4=CC4=CC=C1C2=C34 LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005057 refrigeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubicene Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC3=C2C1=C1C=CC=C2C4=CC=CC=C4C3=C21 FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-indacene Chemical compound C=1C2=CC=CC2=CC2=CC=CC2=1 WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002453 shampoo Substances 0.000 description 1
- BTGNGJJLZOIYID-UHFFFAOYSA-N sivelestat Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(=O)C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)NCC(O)=O BTGNGJJLZOIYID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950009343 sivelestat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000245 skin permeability Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000434 stratum corneum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010082371 succinyl-alanyl-alanyl-prolyl-phenylalanine-4-nitroanilide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004559 theobromine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004906 toe nail Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009966 trimming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FIQMHBFVRAXMOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphane oxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FIQMHBFVRAXMOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
- A61K31/4178—1,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
- A61K47/10—Alcohols; Phenols; Salts thereof, e.g. glycerol; Polyethylene glycols [PEG]; Poloxamers; PEG/POE alkyl ethers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
- A61K47/12—Carboxylic acids; Salts or anhydrides thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
- A61K47/32—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. carbomers, poly(meth)acrylates, or polyvinyl pyrrolidone
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0014—Skin, i.e. galenical aspects of topical compositions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/06—Ointments; Bases therefor; Other semi-solid forms, e.g. creams, sticks, gels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/08—Tripeptides
- C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/0808—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. Val, Ile, Leu
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
Definitions
- Bum trauma is a type of injury that can be caused by heat, freezing, electricity, chemicals, radiation, or friction. Bum trauma is highly variable based on the tissue affected, the severity of the bum, and resultant complications. Beyond physical complications, bums can also result in severe physiological and emotional distress due to long-term hospitalization, scarring, and deformity.
- the extent of bum injury is related to wound depths and internationally classified as first (superficial), second (superficial, partial thickness or superficial, deep thickness) or third degree (full thickness).
- the depth of bum wound evolves with time, especially with partial thickness wounds. Wounds that start as mild/moderate second-degree bums may progress to deep partial or third-degree bums over 2-4 days post-bum injury. Bum wounds can be classified into 3 distinct areas: (1) zone of necrosis - this area is the dead tissue that is unsalvageable, (2) zone of stasis - cell death in the zone of stasis has been thought to be responsible for the progression of wounds, and (3) zone of hyperemia - viable tissue that usually recovers.
- the present invention provides formulations and methods for the treatment of burns and burn wound healing.
- the formulations include a Granzyme B inhibitor.
- the invention provides formulations that include a Granzyme B inhibitor compound effective for treating burns and for bum wound healing.
- the invention provides a formulation for burn wound healing, comprising 4-(((2S,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl- 1 -oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4- oxobutanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to a subject in need thereof.
- the invention provides methods for healing a bum wound.
- a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to the bum wound.
- the invention provides methods for reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis in a bum wound.
- a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to the burn wound.
- the invention provides methods for intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor.
- a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to the skin.
- the formulation can be a gel or solution containing the Granzyme B inhibitor.
- the gels can be topically administered and the solutions can be administered topically or by injection.
- FIGURE 1A is the histology images of Granzyme B (GzmB) staining in normal human skin and burn wound in human, demonstrating the elevated level of GzmB in bum wound.
- Left scale bar is 100 ⁇
- the right scale bar is 200 ⁇ .
- FIGURE IB compares the number of GzmB expressing cells in normal skin and burn wounds in humans.
- FIGURE 2 A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 30) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
- the injectable formulation is a solution of Compound A in phosphate buffered saline (0.56 mg/ml).
- FIGURE 2B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2 A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post- wounding) (unpaired student t-test).
- FIGURE 2C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)) (unpaired student t-test).
- FIGURE 2D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)) (unpaired student t-test).
- FIGURE 2E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)).
- PBS Compound A
- FIGURE 3 A is an image of skin to which a volume (50 ⁇ ) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A was applied.
- the applied formulation (gel) includes Compound A at a concentration of 0.35 % w/v in a vehicle containing propylene glycol (20 % w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5% w/v), methyl paraben (0.2% w/w), propyl paraben (0.02 % w/w) and acetate buffer pH 5 (QS). Triethylamine was used to adjust the final formulation pH to 5-6.
- FIGURE 3B compares concentration of Compound A ( ⁇ / ⁇ ,) in the skin at 4, 6, and 24 hours after application of a volume (50 ⁇ ) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A as described above for FIGURE 3A.
- FIGURE 4A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 27) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and topical application of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
- FIGURE 4B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding) (unpaired student t-test).
- FIGURE 4C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURE 4D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURE 4E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURE 5A compares epidermal thickness of the healed wound shown in FIGURE 2B and FIGURE 4B demonstrating that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound.
- FIGURE 5B compares decorin level of the healed wound shown in FIGURE 2B and FIGURE 4B demonstrating that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound.
- FIGURE 5C compares collagen level of the healed wound shown in FIGURE 2B and FIGURE 4B demonstrating that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound.
- FIGURE 6A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 24) after topical application of vehicle (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
- FIGURE 6B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding) (unpaired student t-test).
- FIGURE 6C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size for control (vehicle) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURE 7 illustrates ex vivo pig skin permeation showing the amount of Compound Al (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL) in tape-stripped skin sample compared to vehicle control (no active).
- FIGURE 8 illustrates ex vivo pig skin permeation showing the amount of Compound Al (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL in receptor fluid in tape-stripped skin sample compared to vehicle control (no active).
- FIGURE 9 is a schematic illustration of a representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds (P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from PI) useful in the formulations and methods of the invention.
- FIGURE 10 is a schematic illustration of another representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds (P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from P5) useful in the formulations and methods of the invention.
- FIGURE 11 is a schematic illustration of a further representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds (P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from a component other than PI or P5) useful in the formulations and methods of the invention.
- the present invention provides formulations and methods for the treatment of burns and for burn wound healing.
- the formulations include a Granzyme B inhibitor compound.
- the formulation is administered topically or by subcutaneous injection.
- Granzyme B is a pro-apoptotic serine protease found in the granules of cytotoxic lymphocytes (CTL) and natural killer (NK) cells. Granzyme B is released towards target cells, along with the pore-forming protein, perforin, resulting in its perforin-dependent internalization into the cytoplasm and subsequent induction of apoptosis (see, for e.g., Medema et al, Eur. J. Immunol. 27:3492-3498, 1997).
- Granzyme B can also be expressed and secreted by other types of immune (e.g., mast cell, macrophage, neutrophil, and dendritic cells) or non-immune (keratinocyte, chondrocyte) cells and has been shown to possess extracellular matrix remodeling activity (Choy et al, Arterioscler. Thromb. Vase. Biol. 24(12): 2245 -2250, 2004 and Buzza et al, J. Biol. Chem. 280:23549-23558, 2005).
- immune e.g., mast cell, macrophage, neutrophil, and dendritic cells
- non-immune keratinocyte, chondrocyte
- FIGURE 1A compares histological images for normal and burn wound human skin. The insets clearly show increased GrB levels for bum wound.
- FIGURE IB compares the number of GzmB expressing cells in normal skin and burn wounds in humans.
- the invention provides formulations for treating bum wounds.
- the formulation includes a Granzyme B inhibitor compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally other wound healing ingredients.
- the formulations of the invention are effective in penetration of the stratum comeum without significant complete skin penetration.
- the formulations of the invention are effective for intradermal delivery of the Granzyme B inhibitor compound rather than transdermal delivery, typically a desirable characteristic for systemic administration of therapeutic agents.
- the effective intradermal delivery result is unexpected as penetration enhancers are used to transport therapeutic agents through the skin rather than to the skin.
- the advantageous intradermal delivery of the Granzyme B inhibitor compound may be attributed to the nature of the Granzyme B inhibitor compound.
- the invention provides methods for intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor.
- the Granzyme B inhibitor compound-containing formulations of the invention are effective in burn wound healing and the results demonstrate that these formulations can reduce or prevent the expansion of the zone of stasis and, consequently, work to significantly lessen wound severity.
- the invention provides methods for reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis in a burn wound.
- Ri is a heteroaryl group selected from
- n 1 or 2;
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
- R3 is selected from
- Z is an acyl group selected from the group
- Y is hydrogen, heterocycle, -NH 2 , or C1-C4 alkyl
- R4 is selected from
- Ci-Ce heteroalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl
- R 10 is selected from
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- Ri is a heteroaryl group selected from
- n i ;
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
- R3 is selected from
- Ci-Cs ester group (-C0 2 H, -C0 2 " , an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
- Z is an acyl group selected from the group
- R 4 , R 5 , and Y are as described above.
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- Rj is tetrazole or triazole; n is 1; R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, C1-C4 alkyl substituted with an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group; and Z is
- Rj is tetrazole or triazole; n is 1; R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R 3 is independently hydrogen, or C1-C4 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group; and Z is
- R4 is selected from
- Y is hydrogen, C 1-C4 alkyl, or -NH 2 .
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II):
- RJ Q when defined as C1-C12 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, is:
- n 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
- one or more single methylene carbons are substituted with a fluoro, hydroxy, amino, C1-C3 alkyl (e.g., methyl), or C6-C10 aryl group;
- one or more single methylene carbons are substituted with two fluoro (e.g., difluoro, perfluoro) or C1-C3 alkyl (e.g., gem-dimethyl) groups;
- one or more single methylene carbons are substituted with two alkyl groups that taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a 3, 4, 5, or 6-membered carbocyclic ring (e.g., spiro groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl); and
- benzene ring e.g., 1,2-, 1,3-, and 1,4-phenylene
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl
- R 3 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group; or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with an amide, which may be optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group;
- R4 is Ci-Ci 2 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C6-C 10 aryl, C3-C10 heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
- RJO is Ci-Ci 2 alkyl optionally substituted with C6-C10 aryl, C1-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid.
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- R j is tetrazole or triazole
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl
- R 3 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group;
- R4 is C 1-C8 alkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl
- R 10 is selected from: (a) C1-C3 alkyl substituted with C6-C10 aryl (e.g., phenyl) or C1-C10 heteroaryl (e.g., triazolyl or tetrazolyl);
- C6-C10 aryl e.g., phenyl
- C1-C10 heteroaryl e.g., triazolyl or tetrazolyl
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-Ce alkyl (e.g., methyl), and C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclohexyl);
- R 3 is hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group (e.g., C 2 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group);
- R4 is Ci-Cs alkyl (e.g., C4 alkyl).
- R 10 is -(CH 2 ) n -C0 2 H, where n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (e.g., -(CH 2 ) n -C0 2 H, where n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (e.g., -(CH 2 ) n -C0 2 H, where n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (e.g., -(CH 2 ) n -C0 2 H, where n is
- Representative compounds of Formula (II) include C1 -C5.
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (III):
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (III), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: is tetrazole or triazole;
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl
- R 3 is hydrogen; C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group; or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with an amide, which may be optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group;
- R4 is C1-C12 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C6-C1 0 aryl, C3-C1 0 heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;
- Y is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or -NH 2 .
- the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (III), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- R j is tetrazole or triazole
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl
- R 3 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group;
- R4 is selected from
- Ci-Cs alkyl e.g., methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, -propyl
- C 3 -C6 cycloalkyl i.e., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl
- heterocyclyl e.g., morpholinyl
- Y is hydrogen
- Representative compounds of Formula (III) include C6.
- R 3 For the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III), representative substituents R 3 include the following:
- R 4 For the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III), representative substituents R 4 include the following:
- R 5 For the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III), representative substituents R 5 include the following:
- Each of the inhibitor compounds contain asymmetric carbon centers and give rise to stereoisomers (i.e., optical isomers such as diastereomers and enantiomers). It will be appreciated that the present invention includes such diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved enantiomerically pure forms. It will also be appreciated that in certain configurations, the relative stereochemistry of certain groups may be depicted as "cis” or "trans” when absolute stereochemistry is not shown.
- Certain of the compounds may exist in one or more tautomeric forms (e.g., acid or basic forms depending on pH environment). It will be appreciated that the compounds include their tautomeric forms (i.e., tautomers).
- salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
- acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, and /?-toluenesulfonic acids.
- alkyl refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene, or alkyne.
- alkyl groups include methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-l-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-l -yl, prop-l -en-l-yl, prop-l-en-2- yl, prop-2-en-l -yl (allyl), cycloprop-l-en-l-yl; cycloprop-2-en-l -yl, prop-l -yn-l-yl, and prop-2-yn-l -yl; butyls such as butan-l -yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-l -yl, 2-methyl- propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-l -yl, but-l -en-l -yl, but-l -en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-l-en-l-yl
- Alkyl groups include cycloalkyl groups.
- the term “cycloalkyl” refers to mono-, bi-, and tricyclic alkyl groups having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
- Representative cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclododecylmethyl, and 2-ethyl-l- bicyclo[4.4.0]decyl groups.
- the alkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted as described below.
- alkanyl refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain, or cyclic alkyl group.
- Representative alkanyl groups include methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-l-yl, propan-2-yl(isopropyl), and cyclopropan-l-yl; butanyls such as butan-l-yl, butan-2-yl (sec-butyl), 2-methyl-propan-l-yl(isobutyl), 2-methyl-propan-2-yl(t-butyl), and cyclobutan-l-yl; and the like.
- the alkanyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Representative alkanyl group substituents include
- each X is independently a halogen; and R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C6-C14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
- Alkenyl refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain, cyclic alkyl group, or combinations thereof having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene.
- the group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s).
- alkenyl groups include ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-l-en-l-yl, prop-l-en-2-yl, prop-2- en-l-yl (allyl), prop-2-en-2-yl, and cycloprop-l-en-l-yl; cycloprop-2-en-l-yl; butenyls such as but-l-en-l-yl, but-l-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-l-en-l-yl, but-2-en-l-yl, but-2-en-l- yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-l,3-dien-l-yl, buta-l,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-l-en-l-yl, cyclobut-1- en-3-yl, and cyclobuta-l,3-dien-l-yl; and the like.
- the alkenyl group may be substitute
- each X is independently a halogen; and R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, C6-C 14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C 10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
- Alkynyl refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain, or cyclic alkyl group having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkyne.
- Representative alkynyl groups include ethynyl; propynyls such as prop-l-yn-l -yl and prop-2-yn-l -yl; butynyls such as but-l -yn-l-yl, but-l-yn-3-yl, and but-3-yn-l-yl; and the like.
- the alkynyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Representative alkynyl group substituents include those as described above for alkenyl groups.
- haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above having the one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a halogen atom.
- Representative haloalkyl groups include halomethyl groups such as chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, and trifluoromethyl groups; and haloethyl groups such as chloroethyl, fluoroethyl, and perfluoroethyl groups.
- heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group having the indicated number of carbon atoms and where one or more of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from O, N, or S.
- heteroalkanyl ether, amine, and thioether groups.
- Heteroalkyl groups include heterocyclyl groups.
- the term “heterocyclyl” refers to a 5- to 10-membered non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N.
- Representative heterocyclyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropuranyl, and morpholinyl groups.
- the heteroalkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Representative heteroalkyl substituents include — Ri4,— ORi4,— SRi4,— NRi 4 (Ris),
- each X is independently a halogen; and R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, C6-C 14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C 10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl group as described herein bonded to an oxygen atom.
- Representative C1 -C3 alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and isopropoxy groups.
- alkylamino refers an alkyl group as described herein bonded to a nitrogen atom.
- alkylamino includes monoalkyl- and dialkylaminos groups.
- Representative C1 -C6 alkylamino groups include methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, and isopropylamino groups.
- alkylthio refers an alkyl group as described herein bonded to a sulfur atom.
- Representative C 1-C6 alkylthio groups include methylthio, propylthio, and isopropylthio groups.
- aryl refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
- Suitable aryl groups include groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene,
- the aryl group is a C5-C 14 aryl group. In other embodiments, the aryl group is a C5-C 10 aryl group.
- the number of carbon atoms specified refers to the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring system.
- Representative aryl groups are phenyl, naphthyl, and cyclopentadienyl. The aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Representative aryl group substituents include
- each X is independently a halogen; and R 14 and R 15 are independently hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, C6-C 14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C 10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
- aralkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein with an aryl group, optionally substituted, as defined herein substituted for one of the alkyl group hydrogen atoms.
- Suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenylethan-l -yl, 2-phenylethen-l -yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-l-yl, 2-naphthylethen-l-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-l-yl, and the like.
- the terms aralkanyl, aralkenyl, and aralkynyl are used.
- the aralkyl group is a C6-C20 aralkyl group, (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the aralkyl group is a C1 -C6 group and the aryl moiety is a C5-C 14 group).
- the aralkyl group is a C6-C13 aralkyl group (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the aralkyl group is a C1 -C3 group and the aryl moiety is a C5-C10 aryl group.
- the aralkyl group is a benzyl group.
- heteroaryl refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system, which may be monocyclic or fused ring (i.e., rings that share an adjacent pair of atoms).
- a "heteroaromatic” group is a 5- to 14-membered aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N.
- Representative 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring groups include pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, furan, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, and isooxazole.
- Representative 9- or 10-membered aromatic bicyclic ring groups include benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, pyranopyrrole, benzopyran, quionoline, benzocyclohexyl, and naphthyridine.
- Suitable heteroaryl groups include groups derived from acridine, arsindole, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadia
- the heteroaryl group is a 5-14 membered heteroaryl group. In other embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl group.
- Preferred heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine.
- the heteroaryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- Representative heteroaryl group substituents include those described above for aryl groups.
- heteroarylalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein with a heteroaryl group, optionally substituted, as defined herein substituted for one of the alkyl group hydrogen atoms. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the terms heteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylalkenyl, or heteroarylalkynyl are used.
- the heteroarylalkyl group is a 6-20 membered heteroarylalkyl (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is a C1-C6 group and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-14-membered heteroaryl group.
- the heteroarylalkyl group is a 6-13 membered heteroarylalkyl (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety is C1-C3 group and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-10-membered heteroaryl group).
- halogen or “halo” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo groups.
- substituted refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable bases including inorganic bases and organic bases.
- Representative salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, ammonium, potassium, sodium, and zinc salts.
- Representative salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, NN 1 - dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, poly amine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, and trimethamine.
- basic ion exchange resins such as arginine, betaine
- Representative compounds and related intermediates were prepared from commercially available starting materials or starting materials prepared by conventional synthetic methodologies. Representative compounds were prepared according to Methods A to C as described below and illustrated in FIGURES 9-11. The preparations of certain intermediates (I-l to 1-4) useful in the preparation of compounds of the invention are described in the Synthetic Intermediate section below.
- FIGURES 9-11 present schematic illustrations of representative synthetic pathways for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2- PI .
- P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 refers to compounds of the invention prepared from five (5) components: PI, P2, P3, P4, and P5.
- Protected version of the components useful in the preparation of the compounds of the invention are designated as, for example, "PG-P2,” “PG-P2-P1,” “PG-P3,” and “PG-P3-P2-P1,” where “PG” is refers to a protecting group that allows for the coupling of, for example, PI to P2 or P3 to P1-P2, and that is ultimately removed to provide, for example, P1-P2 or P1-P2-P3.
- FIGURE 9 is a schematic illustration of another representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from P5.
- compound P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 is prepared in a stepwise manner starting with P5 by sequential coupling steps, separated as appropriate by deprotection steps and other chemical modifications.
- P5 is coupled with PG-P4 to provide P5-P4-PG, which is then deprotected to provide P5-P4 and ready for coupling with the next component, P3-PG.
- the process is continued with subsequent couplings PG-P2 with P5-P4-P3 and PG-P1 with P5-P4-P3-P2 to ultimately provide P5-P4-P3-P2-P1.
- FIGURE 10 is a schematic illustration of a representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from PI.
- compound P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 is prepared in a stepwise manner starting with PI by sequential coupling steps, separated as appropriate by deprotection steps and other chemical modifications.
- PI is coupled with PG-P2 to provide PG-P2-P1, which is then deprotected to provide P2-P1 and ready for coupling with the next component, PG-P3.
- the process is continued with subsequent couplings PG-P4 with P3-P2-P1 and PG-P5 with P4-P3-P2-P1 to ultimately provide P5-P4-P3-P2-P1.
- FIGURE 11 is a schematic illustration of a further representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2- Pl starting from a component other than PI or P5.
- compound P5-P4-P3- P2-P1 is prepared in a stepwise manner starting with P2 by sequential coupling steps, separated as appropriate by deprotection steps and other chemical modifications.
- FIGURE 11 there are multiple pathways to P5-P4-P3-P2-P1. Examples C1-C6 were prepared by this method.
- a Granzyme B enzymatic inhibition assay is described in Example D2 and Example D5.
- the compounds identified in Table 1 exhibited Granzyme B inhibitory activity.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 50,000 nM.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 10,000 nM.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 1,000 nM.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 100 nM.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 from 10 nM to 100 nM, preferably from 1 nM to 10 nM, more preferably from 0.1 nM to 1 nM, and even more preferably from 0.01 nM to 0.1 nM.
- a caspase enzymatic inhibition assay is described in Example D3 and Example D6. None of the compounds tested demonstrated an ability to significantly inhibit any of the caspases evaluated at a concentration of 50 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, the compounds exhibited less than 50% inhibition at 50 ⁇ . In other embodiments, the compounds exhibited greater than 50% inhibition at 50 ⁇ , but less than 10% inhibition at 25 ⁇ . The results demonstrate that select compounds selectively inhibit Granzyme B without significantly inhibiting caspases.
- a fibronectin cleavage assay is described in Example D7.
- the formulations of the invention include a Granzyme B inhibitor as described herein.
- a representative Granzyme B inhibitor compound useful in these formulations is 4-(((2S,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3- cyclohexyl-2-oxoiinidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (referred to herein Compound A or Compound Al depending on the preparation method as described in Example C2), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- Example C The preparation of Compound A and Compound Al are described in Example C2. Performance properties of representative formulations of the invention are described in Example 1 (Compound 1 formulations) and Example 2 (Compound 1A formulations).
- the Granzyme B inhibitor (e.g., Compound A or Compound Al) is present in the formulation in an amount from about 0.25 to about 25.0 mg/mL of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the Granzyme B inhibitor is present in an amount from about 3.0 to about 15 mg/mL of the formulation. In other embodiments, the Granzyme B inhibitor is present in an amount from about 10.0 to about 15.0 mg/mL of the formulation. In one embodiment, the Granzyme B inhibitor is present in about 10.0 mg/mL of the formulation.
- the pH of the formulations of the invention can be readily varied as desired by adjustment with, for example, a base such a triethanol amine.
- the formulation pH is from about 4.0 to about 7.4.
- the formulation pH is from about 4.0 to about 6.5.
- the formulation pH is about 6.0.
- the formulations of the invention are aqueous formulations that also include organic components.
- the aqueous formulations are buffered and have a pH in the range from about 4 to about 7, including from about 4 to 5, 4 to 7, and 5 to 7.
- the pH is from about 4.0 to about 6.5.
- the pH is about 6.0.
- Suitable buffers include those useful for pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions that are topically administered or administered by injection. Representative buffers include acetate and phosphate buffers.
- the formulations of the invention include one or more penetration enhancers.
- Suitable penetration enhancers include propylene glycol (PG), urea, Tween 80, dimethyl isosorbide (DMI), Transcutol, N-methyl-2-pyrollidone (MNP).
- PG propylene glycol
- DMI dimethyl isosorbide
- MNP N-methyl-2-pyrollidone
- a representative penetration enhancer is propylene glycol (PG).
- the amount of propylene glycol present in the formulations can range from about 5 to 80 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation. In certain embodiments, propylene glycol is present in an amount from about 15 to about 25 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation. In other embodiments, propylene glycol is present in an amount about 20 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation. For certain topical applications, propylene glycol can be used in an amount up to about 80% w/w.
- suitable polyols other than propylene glycol can be used in the formulations.
- Propylene glycol or other suitable polyols provide for hydrogel formulation and prevent rapid drying of the gel.
- propylene glycol offers the advantage of being a penetration enhancer and also a better solvent or co-solvent.
- Representative formulations of the invention include a Granzyme B inhibitor (0.5 to 15 mg/mL), penetration enhancer (propylene glycol, 15 to 25 percent by weight), and aqueous acetate buffer at pH 5.
- the formulation further includes one or more viscosity enhancers or gelling agents.
- Suitable viscosity enhancers include Carbopols, Carbomers, carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), starches, vegetable gums, and sugars.
- Representative viscosity enhancers include crosslinked polyacrylate polymers, such as polyacrylate polymers crosslinked with ethers of pentaerythritol (e.g., Carbopol 940).
- the viscosity enhancer is typically present in the formulations in an amount from about 0.1 to about 5.0 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation (e.g., 0.5 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation).
- formulations containing less than about 0.5% w/w are lotions rather than gels, and at pH less than about 5, the formulation is not viscous.
- the pH is from about 5 and about 6 to obtain the formulation as a gel.
- the final pH of the formulation can be adjusted to achieve the desired pH range by using a suitable base for pharmaceutically acceptable base (e.g., sodium hydroxide, triethylamine, or triethanolamine).
- a suitable base for pharmaceutically acceptable base e.g., sodium hydroxide, triethylamine, or triethanolamine.
- the pH of the formulation is adjusted with triethanolamine.
- the viscosity enhancer e.g., Carbopol 940
- the viscosity enhancer is from about 0.5 to 2 percent by weight of the formulation (e.g. a gel formulation that includes about 10 mg/mL Granzyme B inhibitor).
- the viscosity enhancer e.g., Carbopol 940 concentration is up to about 5 percent by weight of the formulation.
- Representative formulations of the invention include a Granzyme B inhibitor (0.5 to 15 mg/mL), penetration enhancer (propylene glycol, 15 to 25 percent by weight), viscosity enhancer (Carbopol 940, 0.5 to 5 percent by weight), and aqueous acetate buffer at pH 5 (titrated to pH 6.0 with triethanolamine).
- the formulation further includes one or more preservatives.
- Suitable preservatives include benzoic acid, EDTA, benzalkonium chloride, and parabens.
- Representative parabens include methyl paraben and propyl paraben (e.g., methyl paraben at about 0.2 and propyl paraben at about 0.02 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation).
- the formulation for topical administration is a gel that includes the Granzyme B inhibitor (e.g., Compound A or Al) at a concentration of 0.35 % w/v in a vehicle containing propylene glycol (20 % w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5% w/v), methyl paraben (0.2% w/w), propyl paraben (0.02 % w/w) and acetate buffer pH 5 (QS), adjusted to the final formulation pH of 5-6 with triethylamine.
- the Granzyme B inhibitor e.g., Compound A or Al
- the formulation for topical administration is a gel that includes the Granzyme B inhibitor (e.g., Compound A or Al) at a concentration of 10 mg/mL in a vehicle containing propylene glycol (20 % w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5 to 2.0 % w/v), methyl paraben (0.2% w/w), propyl paraben (0.02 % w/w), and acetate buffer pH
- the Granzyme B inhibitor e.g., Compound A or Al
- the formulation is an injectable formulation that includes a Granzyme B inhibitor at a concentration of 0.25 to 25 mg/mL in a pharmaceutically acceptable injection vehicle (e.g., PBS).
- a pharmaceutically acceptable injection vehicle e.g., PBS
- the formulations of the invention can further include one or more carriers acceptable for the mode of administration of the preparation, be it by topical administration, lavage, epidermal administration, sub-epidermal administration, dermal administration, subdermal administration, transdermal administration, subcutaneous administration, injection, or any other mode suitable for the selected treatment.
- Topical administration includes administration to external body surfaces (e.g., skin) as well as to internal body surfaces (e.g., mucus membranes).
- Suitable carriers are those known in the art for use in such modes of administration.
- compositions can be formulated by means known in the art and their mode of administration and dose determined by a person of skill in the art.
- Compound A can be dissolved in sterile water or saline or a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle used for administration of non-water soluble compounds.
- Many suitable formulations are known including ointments, pastes, gels, hydrogels, foams, creams, powders, lotions, oils, semi-solids, soaps, medicated soaps, shampoos, medicated shampoos, sprays, films, or solutions which can be used topically or locally to administer a compound.
- Many techniques known to one of skill in the art are described in Remington: the Science & Practice of Pharmacy by Alfonso Gennaro, 20th ed., Williams
- the formulations can further include excipients, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated naphthalenes.
- polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated naphthalenes.
- the formulations of the invention or for use in the methods disclosed herein can be administered in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents as appropriate.
- Compound A or pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention or for use in the methods disclosed herein can be administered by means of a medical device or appliance such as an implant or wound dressing.
- implants can be devised that are intended to contain and release such compounds or compositions.
- An example would be an implant made of a polymeric material adapted to release the compound over a period of time.
- the formulations of the invention “comprise” the described components and may include other components. In other embodiments, the formulations of the invention “consist essentially of the described components and may include other components that do not materially affect the characteristic properties of the formulation. In other embodiments, the formulations of the invention “consist of the described components and do not include other components.
- the invention provides methods for treating burns, healing burn wounds, reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis in a bum wound, and intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor.
- the methods comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of a Granzyme B inhibitor or a formulation that includes a Granzyme B inhibitor to a subject in need thereof.
- Representative routes of administration include topical administration and administration by injection.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result, such as burn wound healing or reduced levels of Granzyme B activity.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a compound may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the compound to elicit a desired response in the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response.
- a therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the Granzyme B inhibitor are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. It is to be noted that dosage values can vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated.
- dosage regimens can be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions.
- Dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and do not limit the dosage ranges that can be selected by a medical practitioner.
- the amount of active compound in the composition can vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the subject.
- Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, a single bolus can be administered, several divided doses can be administered over time or the dose can be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
- the administration of Granzyme B inhibitor can be a local administration (e.g., administration to the site), or a topical administration to a site (e.g., wound).
- subject or “patient” is intended to include mammalian organisms.
- subjects or patients include humans and non-human mammals, e.g., nonhuman primates, dogs, cows, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, cats, mice, rabbits, rats, and transgenic non-human animals.
- the subject is a human.
- administering includes any method of delivery of Granzyme B inhibitor or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Granzyme B inhibitor into a subject's system or to a particular region in or on a subject.
- applying refers to administration of the Granzyme B inhibitor that includes spreading, covering (at least in part), or laying on of the compound.
- treating refers to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms, diminishing the extent of a disorder, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of a disorder, amelioration or palliation of the disorder, whether detectable or undetectable.
- Treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival in the absence of treatment. Evaluation of Penetration Enhancers
- PE Penetration enhancers
- Compound A was formulated in pH 5 acetate buffer containing various penetration enhancers (see Table 2). Formulations were delivered to the skin over a period of 6 hours and drug permeation was assessed by UPLC-MS/MS analysis of tape- stripped skin and receptor fluid. Receptor fluid samples were collected for analysis at 3 and 6 hour time points.
- Compound A was dissolved at saturation in various vehicles containing PE in pH 5 acetate buffer (see Table 2). An excess amount of Compound A and the corresponding vehicle were mixed by rotary mixer at room temperature for 24 hours and subsequent filtration through 0.22 ⁇ cellulose acetate membrane. Concentration of Compound A was measured by UPLC.
- the formulations and methods of the invention are effective for the treatment of burns and for bum wound healing.
- the advantages of representative formulations of the invention are illustrated in FIGURES 2-4.
- FIGURE 2 A compares images of wounds (mice) over time (Day 0 to Day 30) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
- FIGURE 2B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding).
- FIGURE 2C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2 A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)).
- FIGURE 2D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)).
- FIGURE 2E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)).
- mice were initially anesthetized using mixture of isoflurane/oxygen (Iso about 2-2.5%/ oxygen flow rate of about 1.5-2 L/min) in an induction chamber, then moved to a Baines system with a l-2.5%/1.5-2L/min flow rate. During anesthesia the mice were placed on a warming pad with a nose cone over the mice to maintain the anesthetic state. The toe nails were trimmed with clippers. A metal rod (25 g, 1 cm in diameter) was heated to 95-100°C by submersion in boiling water for 3-5 min. The rod was immediately positioned vertically for 6 seconds without additional pressure on the dorsal skin of mice that had also been depilated 3 days before wounding. This procedure induces a deep partial thickness thermal injury (degree lib). The severity of the thermal injury is classified according to Exp Dermatol. 2010;19(9):777-783.
- FIGURE 3A is an image of skin to which a volume (50 ⁇ ) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A was applied.
- FIGURE 3B compares concentration of Compound A ( ⁇ / ⁇ ,) in the skin at 4, 6, and 24 hours after application of a volume (50 ⁇ ) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A as described above for FIGURE 3A. The results demonstrate that Compound A is stable and effectively retained in the skin to which the compound was applied.
- FIGURE 4 A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 30) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and topical application of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
- FIGURE 4B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding).
- FIGURE 4C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURE 4D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURE 4E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- FIGURES 5A, 5B, and 5C demonstrate that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound measured by different parameters (epidermal thickness, decorin level in the wound and collagen level in the wound).
- FIGURE A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 24) after topical application of vehicle (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) in a repeated study demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
- FIGURE 6B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding).
- FIGURE 6C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size for control (vehicle) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
- Ac-IEPD-AMC acetyl-isoleucyl-glutamyl-prolyl-aspartyl-(7-amino-4- methylcoumarin) substrate
- BSA Bovine serum albumin
- DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
- EDC 1 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
- EDTA 2-( ⁇ 2-[5w(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl ⁇ (carboxymethyl)amino)acetic acid
- HATU 2-(7-aza- IH-benzotriazole- 1 -y 1)- 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 -tetramethy luronium hexafluorophosphate
- hGzmB human Granzyme B
- IC5 0 inhibitory concentration that provides 50% inhibition
- mGzmB murine Granzyme B
- PBS phosphate buffered saline (pH 7.4)
- Representative compounds of the invention were prepared according to Methods A to C as described below and illustrated in FIGURES 9-11.
- Method A General method for deprotection followed by coupling reaction using EDC / HOBt / DIPEA.
- Method B General method for deprotection followed by reaction with anhydride.
- Method C General method for deprotection followed by reaction with anhydride.
- This method is an improved procedure for the method B.
- HCI Solution in dioxane (4M, 5 ml) was added to a representative Boc-protected compound (0.125 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT.
- the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under vacuum and swapped with MeOH (5 ml) three times.
- the resulting residue was dried well under vacuum and subjected to next reaction as it was.
- the residue obtained above, the respective anhydride moiety (0.19 mmol, 1.5 eq.), and triethylamine (0.5 mmol, 4 eq.) were added to anhydrous DCM (5 mL) and stirred for 16 hrs.
- the mixture was acidified with formic acid and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product which was purified on a C18 column using 25-65% MeOH in water to yield product as an off-white solid (30-80%).
- Examples C1-C6 were prepared by the representative synthetic pathway illustrated schematically in FIGURE 3.
- reaction mixture was cooled to -50 °C and potassium ferf-butoxide (31.6 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.), followed by Boc-glycine ⁇ -hydroxysuccinimide ester (76.7 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.) were added and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. TLC showed disappearance of the starting material.
- the reaction mixture was added AcOH (0.5 mL) and the solvent was evaporated.
- reaction mixture was cooled to -50 °C and potassium ferf-butoxide (25 mg, 0.219 mmol, 0.25 eq.), followed by Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (60 mg, 0.219 mmol, 0.25 eq.) were added and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. TLC showed disappearance of the starting material.
- the reaction mixture was added acetic acid (AcOH) (1 mL) and the solvent was evaporated.
- Compound C2 prepared as described above is referred to herein as Compound A.
- Compound C2 was isolated by crystallization as follows (the volumes noted below are related to the weight of compound produced and are varied depending on the amount of product).
- the white solid obtained after evaporation was suspended in a mixture of boiling H 2 0 (92 mL) and 1 M HC1 (23 mL).
- Hot isopropanol (iPrOH) was added in small portions until the white solid was completely dissolved (60 mL). The solution was slowly cooled to room temperature and then 4 °C whereupon a white precipitate formed. This solid was isolated by filtration and washed with cold 1: 1 H 2 0/iPrOH, giving 6.32 g of white crystalline solid.
- NEt (0.033 mL, 0.238 mmol, 4 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour, reacting to completion.
- the solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) containing AcOH (1 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under N 2 .
- the flask was then flushed with H 2 and H 2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs.
- the flask was flushed with N 2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over CELITETM.
- NEt 3 (0.026 mL, 0.187 mmol, 4 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour. It went to completion. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) containing AcOH (1 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under N 2 . The flask was then flushed with H 2 and H 2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs. The flask was flushed with N 2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over celite.
- Boc 2 0 115.5 mg, 0.529 mmol, 1.1 eq.
- DIPEA 0.05 mL, 0.962 mmol, 2 eq.
- the reaction mixture was then acidified to pH 4 with a citric acid (saturated solution) and the solvents were concentrated.
- a specific 2X assay buffer was prepared for the enzyme to be tested (see Table 3 for final IX assay buffer compositions). If the assay buffer included DTT, it was added immediately prior to running the assay.
- a 2X enzyme mix was prepared (see Table 4 for enzyme assay conditions) at 80 uL per well. Compounds were screened at one or two appropriate concentrations (to determine the percent inhibition at those concentrations) and/or a full dose response curve (typically 8 points, to identify the IC5 0 ) in duplicate, triplicate, or higher replicates as needed. An appropriate control was also assessed in full dose response, in duplicate for each assay/plate. Background control wells consisted of IX assay buffer, DMSO (5% v/v) and substrate.
- Positive control wells consisted of enzyme, DMSO (5% v/v) and substrate.
- Test compounds and control compounds were diluted in DMSO to 40X the final desired concentration.
- a test compound may be tested in dose response, in serial, tripling dilution condition starting at 20uM and ending at 9.1 nM (or any appropriate concentration range and dilution scheme).
- Control compounds were prepared similarly. Diluted compounds were prepared in a dilution plate and transferred to the reaction plate (96-well medium binding plate (Greiner Bio-One FLUOTRACTM)) to allow for the desired final concentrations when added to the enzyme with AB.
- reaction plate 96-well medium binding plate (Greiner Bio-One FLUOTRACTM)
- reaction plate was placed on a shaker (at 300 RPM) for 5 min, followed by incubation (covered) on the bench, for 20 min. Plates were warmed to reaction temperature (see Table 3) for a total incubation time of 30 min. Plates so prepared were ready for addition of substrate and the subsequent reaction.
- An appropriate substrate for each assay was prepared in advance at 2X the final desired concentration (see Table 3) in DMSO.
- the appropriate substrate mix was added to each appropriate well on the reaction plate, and the plate was read immediately in the TEC AN plate reader (TEC AN INFINITE ® Ml 000 Pro), set to the correct wavelength as needed for each assay (see Table 4) using 25 cycles, kinetic interval of 1 min, number of reads per well of 20 with shaking set to Is, double orbital, 2mm amplitude.
- the gain was set to optimal (50%).
- GzmB assay buffer for the Caspase-8 assay; Assay buffer components were sourced as follows: HEPES, DTT, Glycerol and sucrose: Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA, NaCl and EDTA: Fisher Scientific, Pittsburgh, PA, USA, CHAPS: Calbiochem, Billerica, MA, USA.
- Ex/Em ⁇ is the excitation and emission wavelengths at which to measure fluorescence.
- Enzyme and substrate concentrations are the final concentrations in the well. Note that most protocols require preparing 2X enzyme and substrate mixes, as they are diluted 2-fold in the well.
- Enzymes were sourced as follows: hGzmB, Froelich Lab, Northshore University Health Systems Research Institute, Evanston, IL, USA; Caspases, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA. Substrates were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-AMC, California Peptide Research Inc., Napa, CA, USA; YVAD-AFC, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; Ac-DEVD-AMC, LEHD-AFC, AC-WEHD-AFC and Ac-IETD-AMC, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA.
- Control inhibitors were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-CHO, Ac-WEHD-FMK and Q-LEHD-Oph, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; Z-VAD-FMK, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, USA; and Ac-AEVD-CHO, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 50,000 nM. In other embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 10,000 nM. In further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 1,000 nM. In still further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 100 nM. In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 from 10 nM to 100 nM, preferably from 1 nM to 10 nM, more preferably from 0.1 nM to 1 nM, and even more preferably from 0.01 nM to 0.1 nM.
- Example Dl HUMAN CASPASE ENZYMATIC INHIBITION ASSAY
- Representative compounds do not significantly inhibit any caspase enzyme tested at a concentration of 50 ⁇ .
- the compounds exhibited less than 50% inhibition at 50 ⁇ .
- the compounds exhibited greater than 50% inhibition at 50 ⁇ , but less than 10% inhibition at 25 ⁇ .
- a specific 2X assay buffer was prepared for the enzyme to be tested (see Table 4 for final IX assay buffer compositions). If the assay buffer included DTT, it was added immediately prior to running the assay.
- a 2X enzyme mix was prepared (see Table 3 for enzyme assay conditions) at 26 uL per well. Compounds were screened at one or two appropriate concentrations (to determine the percent inhibition at those concentrations) and/or a full dose response curve (typically 12 points, to identify the IC5 0 ) in duplicate, triplicate, or higher replicates as needed. An appropriate control was also assessed in full dose response, in duplicate for each assay/plate. Background control wells consisted of IX assay buffer and substrate. Positive control wells consisted of enzyme (no DMSO) and substrate.
- Test compounds and control compounds were diluted in IX Assay Buffer to 15X the final desired concentration.
- a test compound may be tested in dose response, in serial, tripling dilution condition starting at 20uM and ending at 0.1 nM (or any appropriate concentration range and dilution scheme).
- Control compounds were prepared similarly. Diluted compounds were prepared in a dilution plate and transferred to the reaction plate (384-well medium binding plate (Greiner Bio-One FLUOTRACTM)) to allow for the desired final concentrations when added to the enzyme with AB. After mixing, the reaction plate was placed on a shaker (at 300 RPM) for 5 min, followed by incubation (covered) on the bench, for 20 min. Plates were warmed to reaction temperature (see Table 5) for 5 mins for a total incubation time of 30 min. Plates so prepared were ready for addition of substrate and the subsequent reaction.
- An appropriate substrate for each assay was prepared in advance at 2X the final desired concentration (see Table 5) in assay buffer. 30uL of the appropriate substrate mix was added to each appropriate well on the reaction plate, and the plate was read immediately in the TEC AN plate reader (TEC AN INFINITE ® Ml 000 Pro), set to the correct wavelength as needed for each assay (see Table 6) using 15 cycles, kinetic interval of lmin, number of reads per well of 20 with shaking set to Is, double orbital, 2mm amplitude. For fluorescent assays the gain was set to optimal (100% with gain regulation) for all assays except human GzmB which was set to 85 (with the z set at 23000 urn).
- GzmB assay buffer for the Caspase-8 assay; Assay buffer components were sourced as follows: HEPES, DTT, Glycerol and sucrose: Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA, NaCl and EDTA: Fisher Scientific, Pittsburgh, PA, USA, CHAPS: Calbiochem, Billerica, MA, USA.
- Ex/Em ⁇ is the excitation and emission wavelengths at which to measure fluorescence.
- Enzyme and substrate concentrations are the final concentrations in the well. Note that most protocols require preparing 2X enzyme and substrate mixes, as they are diluted 2-fold in the well.
- Enzymes were sourced as follows: hGzmB, Froelich Lab, Northshore University
- Control inhibitors were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-CHO, Ac-WEHD-FMK, Q-LEHD-Oph and CatG inhibitor, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; Z-VAD-FMK, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, USA; and Ac-AEVD-CHO, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA. Sivelestat, Tocris Bioscience, Bristol, UK.
- select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 50,000 nM. In other embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 10,000 nM. In further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 1,000 nM. In still further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 ⁇ 100 nM. In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC5 0 from 10 nM to 100 nM, preferably from 1 nM to 10 nM, more preferably from 0.1 nM to 1 nM, and even more preferably from 0.01 nM to 0.1 nM.
- Example D4 In vitro fluorogenic detection assays for assessing the IC5 0 and/or percent inhibition at a given concentration of inhibitors, against a set of human Caspase enzymes, was performed as described in Example D4. Representative compounds do not significantly inhibit any caspase enzyme tested at a concentration of 50 ⁇ .
- the compounds exhibited less than 50% inhibition at 50 ⁇ . In other embodiments, the compounds exhibited greater than 50% inhibition at 50 ⁇ , but less than 10% inhibition at 25 ⁇ .
- the assay was conducted at 30°C in the TECAN plate reader (TECAN INFINITE ® M1000 Pro), which was programmed to monitor the kinetic fluorescence polarization signal (filter set Ex/Em 470nm/527nm) with readings taken every minute, for 1 hour. Proteolytic activity was evaluated as the rate of fluorescence enhancement in the parallel emission over the linear range of the reaction. % Inhibition values were calculated from assay controls and the resulting data is shown in Table 7.
- Compound A permeation through skin was assessed ex vivo by using pig ear skin and a Franz Diffusion Cell System (PermeGear ® ). Fresh pig ears were obtained from female Yorkshire/Landrace crosses, between 3.5 - 5 months old, at Jack Bell Research Centre, Vancouver. Immediately after surgery, pig ears were removed and placed in a double Ziploc® bag and stored at -20°C freezer until shipment to laboratory site on ice via courier the next day. Upon arrival at the site, pig ears were stored in a segregated container, labeled with harvest and shipment date, in -20°C freezer and were used prior to their expiry date of 5 weeks.
- PermeGear ® Fresh pig ears were obtained from female Yorkshire/Landrace crosses, between 3.5 - 5 months old, at Jack Bell Research Centre, Vancouver. Immediately after surgery, pig ears were removed and placed in a double Ziploc® bag and stored at -20°C freezer until shipment to laboratory site on ice via courier the next day. Upon arrival at the site, pig ears were
- Pig skin was prepared according to "Preparation of Pig Skin Samples for ex vivo Permeation Assays.” Briefly, one day prior to the study, frozen ears were thawed washed with deionized water and blotted dry. After trimming off hair, surface skin was separated from cartilage and fat, and hole-punched into coin shape samples to fit dimensions of Franz cells. Pig ear samples were stored in a petri dish, sealed with parafilm tape, in double Ziploc® bags at -20°C overnight prior to the study on the following day.
- Receptor fluid was sampled at 3 and 6 hours (without volume replacement) and stored at -20°C until analysis.
- the applied formulation was recovered from the donor chamber and recorded as the unabsorbed dose.
- the skin was then blotted dry with a Kimwipe® and tape-stripped skin (12 tape strips) was obtained.
- the first tape strip (3M scotch tape) was used to remove excess of formulation remaining on the skin and was discarded. Then a total of 11 tape strips were used to partially remove the stratum corneum. These tape strips were kept in labeled glass vial. Then using a hole-puncher the section of skin exposed to the formulation was removed and the corresponding weight of the skin sample was recorded. All samples were stored at -20°C until analysis.
- UPLC-MS/MS technology was used to separate and quantify Compound A from skin tissue extract and from receptor chamber fluid (PBS, pH 7.4).
- a Waters Acquity UPLC-TQD system was used for this purpose. Separation was performed using gradient elution on a 2.1 x 50 mm C18 column, with 1.7 ⁇ particle size. Positive electrospray ionization was applied to the mass spectrometer source and the analyzer was operated in multiple reaction monitoring mode (MRM).
- MRM multiple reaction monitoring mode
- Compound A was extracted from skin tissue by homogenization in water and in acetonitrile, followed by high frequency centrifugation. The supernatant was then highly diluted in mobile phase (dilution factor 50 to 200) for analysis against neat standards prepared in mobile phase.
- the mobile phase sample diluent was a mixture of 75% of lO mM ammonium acetate adjusted with ammonium hydroxide buffer to pH 8.8 and 25% acetonitrile.
- the buffer was diluted by a factor of two using acetonitrile, vortexed, and analyzed directly.
- Standards and quality control samples (QC's) were prepared in the same matrix as the test samples (PBS/acetonitrile).
- Table 8 provides a summary of the analytical method parameters. Table 8. Summary of Method Evaluation Results.
- Compound A concentrations measured in tissue and reservoir fluid for each sample are measured in tissue and reservoir fluid for each sample.
- Table 9 Amount of Compound A in tape-stripped skin normalized to skin mass after 6 hours exposure to formulations. Amount of Compound A in reservoir fluid after 3 and 6 hours of exposure to formulations.
- Formulations tested ex vivo contained different amount of Compound A according to the solubility of the compound in the corresponding vehicle. To better analyze the effect of PE on the drug permeation, values found in skin were not only normalized to skin mass but also to the corresponding drug concentration in formulation.
- Table 11 summarizes the concentrations of Compound A detected in the receptor fluid after 3 and 6 hours of exposure to formulations.
- the number of receptor fluid samples analyzed per formulation was 3 for each time point.
- drug concentration in receptor fluids was below limit of quantitation (BLOQ) or non-detected (ND) at both times of exposure time. Only one out of three samples containing 10% DMI showed considerable amount of drug in receptor fluid.
- T BLOQ Compound A was detected in the sample below the assays limit of quantitation, 1 ng/mL in PBS. ND: Not detected.
- Granzyme B inhibitor formulation is described.
- the representative Granzyme B inhibitor formulation includes Compound 1A and was formulated as a gel at either 3.6 or 10.0 mg/mL Compound 1A based on the volume of the gel.
- the base vehicle included 20% PG, 0.2% methyl paraben, 0.02% propyl paraben, in acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5).
- the base vehicle was prepared by mixing 20% of PG with acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5). An excess amount of methyl paraben and propyl paraben (0.2% methyl paraben/0.02% propyl paraben) was added to the solution, stirred overnight (>8 hours) at room temperature. The pH of the solution was adjusted to pH 5 with 1M HC1. The final mixture was filter via 0.45 urn filter.
- a 13 mg/mL formulation was prepared by adding Compound 1A into the vehicle (20% PG, 0.2% methyl paraben, 0.02% propyl paraben, acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5), prepared as described above) and sonicated for 1 hour.
- 1% Carbopol 940 NF was added to the formulation and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature in order to fully hydrate the Carbopol. After 24 hours, the pH was adjusted to pH 6.0 ⁇ 0.2 with triethanolamine.
- the final formulation is a colorless transparent gel.
- the formulation is physically and chemically stable with over 90% Compound 1A recovery by UPLC-UV up to 1 month at refrigeration storage conditions (2 - 8 °C).
- Additional representative gels were prepared as described above with Compound 1 A up to and including 20 mg/mL.
- Compound 1A and Carbopol were separately prepared, each titrated to pH 6 with triethanolamine, and then combined.
- the representative formulations can be sterilized.
- the hydrated Carbopol mixture can be sterilized via autoclave process and the Compound 1A solution can be filtered via 0.22 urn filtration, the combination process can be performed in a sterilized environment.
- FIGURE 7 shows the amount of Compound 1A (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL) in the tape-stripped skin sample compared to vehicle control (no active).
- FIGURE 8 shows the amount of Compound 1A (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL) in receptor fluid compared to vehicle control.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Formulations for treating burns and burn wound healing comprising a Granzyme B inhibitor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and methods for treating burns and for burn wound healing using the formulations.
Description
GRANZYME B INHIBITOR FORMULATIONS AND
METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF BURNS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of US Application No. 62/290,862, filed February 3, 2016, expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Bum trauma is a type of injury that can be caused by heat, freezing, electricity, chemicals, radiation, or friction. Bum trauma is highly variable based on the tissue affected, the severity of the bum, and resultant complications. Beyond physical complications, bums can also result in severe physiological and emotional distress due to long-term hospitalization, scarring, and deformity.
The extent of bum injury is related to wound depths and internationally classified as first (superficial), second (superficial, partial thickness or superficial, deep thickness) or third degree (full thickness). The depth of bum wound evolves with time, especially with partial thickness wounds. Wounds that start as mild/moderate second-degree bums may progress to deep partial or third-degree bums over 2-4 days post-bum injury. Bum wounds can be classified into 3 distinct areas: (1) zone of necrosis - this area is the dead tissue that is unsalvageable, (2) zone of stasis - cell death in the zone of stasis has been thought to be responsible for the progression of wounds, and (3) zone of hyperemia - viable tissue that usually recovers. Because of this unique pathophysiology, bum patients with partial thickness bum wounds must be evaluated for depth of the wound periodically. As a rule, partial thickness bums that are predicted not to heal by 3 weeks should be excised and grafted. As bum progression leading to the requirement for more advanced therapy and/or engraftment is thought to occur in the zone of stasis, agents that can prevent the expansion of the zone of stasis and wound severity would revolutionize the treatment of bums.
Despite the advances in development of bum treatments, a need for exists for new treatments including and improved formulations for use in treating bums and to improve bum wound healing. The present invention seeks to fulfill this need and provides further related advantages.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides formulations and methods for the treatment of burns and burn wound healing. The formulations include a Granzyme B inhibitor.
In one aspect, the invention provides formulations that include a Granzyme B inhibitor compound effective for treating burns and for bum wound healing. In one embodiment, the invention provides a formulation for burn wound healing, comprising 4-(((2S,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl- 1 -oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4- oxobutanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another aspect of the invention, methods for treating a burn are provided. In the methods, a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to a subject in need thereof.
In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for healing a bum wound. In the methods, a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to the bum wound.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis in a bum wound. In the methods, a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to the burn wound.
In a further aspect of the invention, the invention provides methods for intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor. In the methods, a formulation including a Granzyme B inhibitor compound is administered to the skin.
In the above methods, the formulation can be a gel or solution containing the Granzyme B inhibitor. The gels can be topically administered and the solutions can be administered topically or by injection.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The foregoing aspects and many of the attendant advantages of this invention will become more readily appreciated as the same become better understood by reference to the following detailed description, when taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
FIGURE 1A is the histology images of Granzyme B (GzmB) staining in normal human skin and burn wound in human, demonstrating the elevated level of GzmB in bum wound. Left scale bar is 100 μηι, the right scale bar is 200 μηι.
FIGURE IB compares the number of GzmB expressing cells in normal skin and burn wounds in humans.
FIGURE 2 A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 30) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation. The injectable formulation is a solution of Compound A in phosphate buffered saline (0.56 mg/ml).
FIGURE 2B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2 A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post- wounding) (unpaired student t-test).
FIGURE 2C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)) (unpaired student t-test).
FIGURE 2D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)) (unpaired student t-test).
FIGURE 2E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)).
FIGURE 3 A is an image of skin to which a volume (50 μί) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A was applied. The applied formulation (gel) includes Compound A at a concentration of 0.35 % w/v in a vehicle containing propylene glycol (20 % w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5% w/v), methyl paraben (0.2% w/w), propyl paraben (0.02 % w/w) and acetate buffer pH 5 (QS). Triethylamine was used to adjust the final formulation pH to 5-6.
FIGURE 3B compares concentration of Compound A (μξ/μΐ,) in the skin at 4, 6, and 24 hours after application of a volume (50 μί) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A as described above for FIGURE 3A.
FIGURE 4A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 27) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and topical application of a representative
formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
FIGURE 4B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding) (unpaired student t-test).
FIGURE 4C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
FIGURE 4D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
FIGURE 4E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
FIGURE 5A compares epidermal thickness of the healed wound shown in FIGURE 2B and FIGURE 4B demonstrating that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound.
FIGURE 5B compares decorin level of the healed wound shown in FIGURE 2B and FIGURE 4B demonstrating that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound.
FIGURE 5C compares collagen level of the healed wound shown in FIGURE 2B and FIGURE 4B demonstrating that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound.
FIGURE 6A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 24) after topical application of vehicle (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation.
FIGURE 6B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding) (unpaired student t-test).
FIGURE 6C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size for control (vehicle) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
FIGURE 7 illustrates ex vivo pig skin permeation showing the amount of Compound Al (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL) in tape-stripped skin sample compared to vehicle control (no active).
FIGURE 8 illustrates ex vivo pig skin permeation showing the amount of Compound Al (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL in receptor fluid in tape-stripped skin sample compared to vehicle control (no active).
FIGURE 9 is a schematic illustration of a representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds (P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from PI) useful in the formulations and methods of the invention.
FIGURE 10 is a schematic illustration of another representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds (P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from P5) useful in the formulations and methods of the invention.
FIGURE 11 is a schematic illustration of a further representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds (P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from a component other than PI or P5) useful in the formulations and methods of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides formulations and methods for the treatment of burns and for burn wound healing. The formulations include a Granzyme B inhibitor compound. In the methods of the invention, the formulation is administered topically or by subcutaneous injection.
Granzyme B is a pro-apoptotic serine protease found in the granules of cytotoxic lymphocytes (CTL) and natural killer (NK) cells. Granzyme B is released towards target cells, along with the pore-forming protein, perforin, resulting in its perforin-dependent internalization into the cytoplasm and subsequent induction of apoptosis (see, for e.g., Medema et al, Eur. J. Immunol. 27:3492-3498, 1997). However, during aging, inflammation, and chronic disease, Granzyme B can also be expressed and secreted by other types of immune (e.g., mast cell, macrophage, neutrophil, and dendritic cells) or non-immune (keratinocyte, chondrocyte) cells and has been shown to possess
extracellular matrix remodeling activity (Choy et al, Arterioscler. Thromb. Vase. Biol. 24(12): 2245 -2250, 2004 and Buzza et al, J. Biol. Chem. 280:23549-23558, 2005).
In fact, histology images of Granzyme B (GzmB) staining in normal human skin and burn wound in human demonstrate the elevated level of GzmB in bum wound. FIGURE 1A compares histological images for normal and burn wound human skin. The insets clearly show increased GrB levels for bum wound. FIGURE IB compares the number of GzmB expressing cells in normal skin and burn wounds in humans.
Based on the surprising results described herein, and without being bound to theory, it is believed that the inhibition of Granzyme B in tissues at bum wound sites advantageously promotes burn wound healing and therefore improves burn treatment.
In one aspect, the invention provides formulations for treating bum wounds. The formulation includes a Granzyme B inhibitor compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and optionally other wound healing ingredients.
In the practice of the invention, it has been advantageously found that the formulations of the invention are effective in penetration of the stratum comeum without significant complete skin penetration. The formulations of the invention are effective for intradermal delivery of the Granzyme B inhibitor compound rather than transdermal delivery, typically a desirable characteristic for systemic administration of therapeutic agents. The effective intradermal delivery result is unexpected as penetration enhancers are used to transport therapeutic agents through the skin rather than to the skin. Without being bound to theory, the advantageous intradermal delivery of the Granzyme B inhibitor compound may be attributed to the nature of the Granzyme B inhibitor compound. Thus, in certain aspects, the invention provides methods for intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor.
The Granzyme B inhibitor compound-containing formulations of the invention are effective in burn wound healing and the results demonstrate that these formulations can reduce or prevent the expansion of the zone of stasis and, consequently, work to significantly lessen wound severity. Thus, in certain aspects, the invention provides methods for reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis in a burn wound.
Granzyme B Inhibitor Compounds
The formulations and methods of the invention use Granzyme B inhibitor compounds having Formula (I):
stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: Ri is a heteroaryl group selected from
(a) 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, and
(b) 1 ,2,3,4-tetrazolyl;
n is 1 or 2;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from
(a) hydrogen,
(b) C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or carboxylate Ci-Cs ester group (-C02H, -C02 ", -C(=0)OCi-Cs), an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Z is an acyl group selected from the group
wherein
Y is hydrogen, heterocycle, -NH2, or C1-C4 alkyl;
R4 is selected from
(1) C1-C12 alkyl,
(ii) Ci-Ce heteroalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl,
(iii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
(iv) Cg-Cio aryl,
(v) heterocyclyl,
(vi) C3-C10 heteroaryl,
(vii) aralkyl, and
(viii) heteroalkylaryl;
R5 is heteroaryl or -C(=0)-Rio,
wherein R10 is selected from
(i) C1-C12 alkyl optionally substituted with C6-C10 aryl, C1-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(ii) C1-C10 heteroalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl or carboxylic acid,
(iii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C3-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(iv) C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C3-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(v) heterocyclyl,
(vi) C3-C10 heteroaryl,
(vii) aralkyl, and
(viii) heteroalkylaryl.
In certain embodiment, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Ri is a heteroaryl group selected from
(a) 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, and
(b) 1 ,2,3,4-tetrazolyl;
n is i ;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R3 is selected from
(a) hydrogen,
(b) C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or carboxylate Ci-Cs ester group (-C02H, -C02 ",
an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Z is an acyl group selected from the group
In further embodiments, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Rj is tetrazole or triazole; n is 1; R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R3 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, C1-C4 alkyl substituted with an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group; and Z is
Rj is tetrazole or triazole; n is 1; R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl; R3 is independently hydrogen, or C1-C4 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group; and Z is
wherein
R4 is selected from
(1) C1-C12 alkyl,
(ii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
(iii) C6-C10 aryl, and
(iv) C3-C10 heteroaryl;
R5 is -C(=0)-Rio, wherein R10 is selected from
(i) C 1-C12 alkyl optionally substituted with C6-C10 aryl, C1-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(ii) C 1-C10 heteroalkyl optionally substituted with C1-C6 alkyl or carboxylic acid,
(iii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with C1-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C 10 aryl, optionally substituted C3-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(iv) C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with C1-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C3-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(v) C3-C10 heteroaryl; and
Y is hydrogen, C 1-C4 alkyl, or -NH2.
In another embodiment, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II):
Formula (II) stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: Rj, R2, R3, R4, and R10 are as above for Formula (I).
In certain embodiments, RJ Q, when defined as C1-C12 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, is:
-(CH2)n-C02H, where n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
optionally wherein one or more single methylene carbons are substituted with a fluoro, hydroxy, amino, C1-C3 alkyl (e.g., methyl), or C6-C10 aryl group;
optionally wherein one or more single methylene carbons are substituted with two fluoro (e.g., difluoro, perfluoro) or C1-C3 alkyl (e.g., gem-dimethyl) groups;
optionally wherein one or more single methylene carbons are substituted with two alkyl groups that taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form a 3, 4, 5,
or 6-membered carbocyclic ring (e.g., spiro groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl); and
optionally wherein adjacent carbon atoms from an unsaturated carbon-carbon bond (e.g., alkenyl such as -CH=CH-) or taken form a benzene ring (e.g., 1,2-, 1,3-, and 1,4-phenylene); or
wherein R10, when defined as C3-C6 cycloalkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid or carboxylate group, is:
wherein n is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and optionally, for n = 3 or 4, wherein adjacent carbon atoms from an unsaturated carbon-carbon bond (e.g., cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl).
In certain embodiments, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
is tetrazole or triazole;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R3 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group; or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with an amide, which may be optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group;
R4 is Ci-Ci2 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C6-C 10 aryl, C3-C10 heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and
RJO is Ci-Ci2 alkyl optionally substituted with C6-C10 aryl, C1-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid.
In further embodiments, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Rj is tetrazole or triazole;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R3 is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group;
R4 is C 1-C8 alkyl or C3-C6 cycloalkyl; and
R10 is selected from:
(a) C1-C3 alkyl substituted with C6-C10 aryl (e.g., phenyl) or C1-C10 heteroaryl (e.g., triazolyl or tetrazolyl);
In one embodiment, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (II), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
is tetrazole;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-Ce alkyl (e.g., methyl), and C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclohexyl);
R3 is hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group (e.g., C2 alkyl substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group);
R4 is Ci-Cs alkyl (e.g., C4 alkyl); and
R10 is -(CH2)n-C02H, where n is 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (e.g., -(CH2)n-C02H, where n is
2).
Representative compounds of Formula (II) include C1 -C5.
In a further embodiment, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (III):
Formula (III) stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Rj , R2, R3, R4, and Y are as defined above for Formula (I).
In certain embodiments, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (III), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
is tetrazole or triazole;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R3 is hydrogen; C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group; or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with an amide, which may be optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group;
R4 is C1-C12 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C10 heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and
Y is hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, or -NH2.
In further embodiments, the compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention include compounds having Formula (III), stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Rj is tetrazole or triazole;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R3 is C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or a carboxylate ester group;
R4 is selected from
(i) Ci-Cs alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, -propyl),
(ii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl (i.e., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl),
(iii) C6-Cio aryl (e.g., phenyl),
(iv) C3-C10 heteroaryl (e.g., thiophenyl), and
(v) heterocyclyl (e.g., morpholinyl); and
Y is hydrogen.
Representative compounds of Formula (III) include C6.
For the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III), representative substituents R3 include the following:
For the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III), representative substituents R4 include the following:
For the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), or (III), representative substituents R5 include the following:
Each of the inhibitor compounds contain asymmetric carbon centers and give rise to stereoisomers (i.e., optical isomers such as diastereomers and enantiomers). It will be appreciated that the present invention includes such diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved enantiomerically pure forms. It will also be appreciated that in certain configurations, the relative stereochemistry of certain groups may be depicted as "cis" or "trans" when absolute stereochemistry is not shown.
Some of the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds, and unless specified otherwise, are meant to include both E and Z geometric isomers.
Certain of the compounds may exist in one or more tautomeric forms (e.g., acid or basic forms depending on pH environment). It will be appreciated that the compounds include their tautomeric forms (i.e., tautomers).
When the compounds are basic, salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Examples of such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, and /?-toluenesulfonic acids.
The following definitions unless otherwise indicated.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene, or alkyne. Representative alkyl groups include methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-l-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-l -yl, prop-l -en-l-yl, prop-l-en-2- yl, prop-2-en-l -yl (allyl), cycloprop-l-en-l-yl; cycloprop-2-en-l -yl, prop-l -yn-l-yl, and prop-2-yn-l -yl; butyls such as butan-l -yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methyl-propan-l -yl, 2-methyl- propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-l -yl, but-l -en-l -yl, but-l -en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-l-en-l-yl, but-2-en-l -yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-l ,3-dien-l -yl, buta-l ,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-l-en-l-yl, cyclobut-l-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-l ,3-dien-l -yl, but-l-yn-l-yl, but-l-yn-3-yl, and but-3-yn-l - yl; and the like. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the expressions "alkanyl," "alkenyl," and "alkynyl" are used. Alkyl groups include cycloalkyl groups. The term "cycloalkyl" refers to mono-, bi-, and tricyclic alkyl groups having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclododecylmethyl, and 2-ethyl-l-
bicyclo[4.4.0]decyl groups. The alkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted as described below.
"Alkanyl" refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain, or cyclic alkyl group. Representative alkanyl groups include methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-l-yl, propan-2-yl(isopropyl), and cyclopropan-l-yl; butanyls such as butan-l-yl, butan-2-yl (sec-butyl), 2-methyl-propan-l-yl(isobutyl), 2-methyl-propan-2-yl(t-butyl), and cyclobutan-l-yl; and the like. The alkanyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Representative alkanyl group substituents include
— Ri4,— ORi4,— SRi4,— NRi4(Ri5),
—X,— CX3,— CN,— N02,
— C(=NRi4)Ri4,— C(=NRi4)ORi4,— C(=NRi4)NRi4(Ri5),— C(=NRi4)SRi4,
— C(=S)Ri4,— C(=S)ORi4,— C(=S)NRi4(Ris),— C(=S)SRi4,
— NRi4C(=0)NRi4(Ri5),— NRi4(=NRi4)NRi4(Ri5),— NRi4C(=S)NRi4(Ri5),
wherein each X is independently a halogen; and R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C6-C14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, two hydrogen atoms on a single carbon atom can be replaced with =0, =NR12, or =S.
"Alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain, cyclic alkyl group, or combinations thereof having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene. The group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s). Representative alkenyl groups include ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-l-en-l-yl, prop-l-en-2-yl, prop-2- en-l-yl (allyl), prop-2-en-2-yl, and cycloprop-l-en-l-yl; cycloprop-2-en-l-yl; butenyls such as but-l-en-l-yl, but-l-en-2-yl, 2-methyl-prop-l-en-l-yl, but-2-en-l-yl, but-2-en-l- yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-l,3-dien-l-yl, buta-l,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-l-en-l-yl, cyclobut-1- en-3-yl, and cyclobuta-l,3-dien-l-yl; and the like. The alkenyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Representative alkenyl group substituents include
— Rl4,
—X,— CX3,— CN,
— C(=NRi4)Ri4,— C(=NRi4)ORi4,— C(=NRi4)NRi4(Ri5),— C(=NRi4)SRi4, _C(=S)Ri4,— C(=S)ORi4,— C(=S)NRi4(Ris),— C(=S)SRi4,
wherein each X is independently a halogen; and R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, C6-C 14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C 10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
"Alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain, or cyclic alkyl group having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkyne. Representative alkynyl groups include ethynyl; propynyls such as prop-l-yn-l -yl and prop-2-yn-l -yl; butynyls such as but-l -yn-l-yl, but-l-yn-3-yl, and but-3-yn-l-yl; and the like. The alkynyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Representative alkynyl group substituents include those as described above for alkenyl groups.
The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above having the one or more hydrogen atoms replaced by a halogen atom. Representative haloalkyl groups include halomethyl groups such as chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, and trifluoromethyl groups; and haloethyl groups such as chloroethyl, fluoroethyl, and perfluoroethyl groups. The term "heteroalkyl" refers to an alkyl group having the indicated number of carbon atoms and where one or more of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from O, N, or S. Where a specific level of saturation is intended, the expressions "heteroalkanyl," "heteroalkenyl," and "heteroalkynyl" are used. Representative heteroalkyl groups include ether, amine, and thioether groups. Heteroalkyl groups include heterocyclyl groups. The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a 5- to 10-membered non-aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N. Representative heterocyclyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropuranyl, and morpholinyl groups. The heteroalkyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Representative heteroalkyl substituents include
— Ri4,— ORi4,— SRi4,— NRi4(Ris),
—X,— CX3,— CN,— N02,
— C(=NRi4)Ri4,— C(=NRi4)ORi4,— C(=NRi4)NRi4(Ri5),— C(=NRi4)SRi4, _C(=S)Ri4,— C(=S)ORi4,— C(=S)NRi4(Ris),— C(=S)SRi4,
— NRi4C(=0)NRi4(Ri5),— NRi4(=NRi4)NRi4(Ri5),— NRi4C(=S)NRi4(Ri5),
wherein each X is independently a halogen; and R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, C6-C 14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C 10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
In certain embodiments, two hydrogen atoms on a single carbon atom can be replaced with =0, =NR12, or =S.
The term "alkoxy" refers to an alkyl group as described herein bonded to an oxygen atom. Representative C1 -C3 alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and isopropoxy groups.
The term "alkylamino" refers an alkyl group as described herein bonded to a nitrogen atom. The term "alkylamino" includes monoalkyl- and dialkylaminos groups. Representative C1 -C6 alkylamino groups include methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, and isopropylamino groups.
The term "alkylthio" refers an alkyl group as described herein bonded to a sulfur atom. Representative C 1-C6 alkylthio groups include methylthio, propylthio, and isopropylthio groups.
The term "aryl" refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. Suitable aryl groups include groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like. In certain embodiments,
the aryl group is a C5-C 14 aryl group. In other embodiments, the aryl group is a C5-C 10 aryl group. The number of carbon atoms specified refers to the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring system. Representative aryl groups are phenyl, naphthyl, and cyclopentadienyl. The aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Representative aryl group substituents include
— Ri4,— ORi4,— SRi4,— NRi4(Ri5),
—X,— CX3,— CN,— N02,
— C(=NRi4)Ri4,— C(=NRi4)ORi4,— C(=NRi4)NRi4(Ri5),— C(=NRi4)SRi4,
— C(=S)Ri4,— C(=S)ORi4,— C(=S)NRi4(Ris),— C(=S)SRi4,
— NRi4C(=0)NRi4(Ri5),— NRi4(=NRi5)NRi4(Ri5),— NRi4C(=S)NRi4(Ri5),
wherein each X is independently a halogen; and R14 and R15 are independently hydrogen, C1 -C6 alkyl, C6-C 14 aryl, arylalkyl, C3-C 10 heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
The term "aralkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein with an aryl group, optionally substituted, as defined herein substituted for one of the alkyl group hydrogen atoms. Suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenylethan-l -yl, 2-phenylethen-l -yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-l-yl, 2-naphthylethen-l-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-l-yl, and the like. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the terms aralkanyl, aralkenyl, and aralkynyl are used. In certain embodiments, the aralkyl group is a C6-C20 aralkyl group, (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the aralkyl group is a C1 -C6 group and the aryl moiety is a C5-C 14 group). In other embodiments, the aralkyl group is a C6-C13 aralkyl group (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl moiety of the aralkyl group is a C1 -C3 group and the aryl moiety is a C5-C10 aryl group. In certain embodiments, the aralkyl group is a benzyl group.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system, which may be monocyclic or fused ring (i.e., rings that share an adjacent pair of atoms). A "heteroaromatic" group is a 5- to 14-membered aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring
containing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N. Representative 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring groups include pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, furan, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, and isooxazole. Representative 9- or 10-membered aromatic bicyclic ring groups include benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, pyranopyrrole, benzopyran, quionoline, benzocyclohexyl, and naphthyridine. Suitable heteroaryl groups include groups derived from acridine, arsindole, carbazole, β-carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a 5-14 membered heteroaryl group. In other embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl group. Preferred heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole, and pyrazine. The heteroaryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. Representative heteroaryl group substituents include those described above for aryl groups.
The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined herein with a heteroaryl group, optionally substituted, as defined herein substituted for one of the alkyl group hydrogen atoms. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the terms heteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylalkenyl, or heteroarylalkynyl are used. In certain embodiments, the heteroarylalkyl group is a 6-20 membered heteroarylalkyl (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is a C1-C6 group and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-14-membered heteroaryl group. In other embodiments, the heteroarylalkyl group is a 6-13 membered heteroarylalkyl (e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety is C1-C3 group and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-10-membered heteroaryl group).
The term "acyl" group refers to the -C(=0)— group, where R is selected from optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, as defined herein.
The term "halogen" or "halo" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo groups.
The term "substituted" refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Representative salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, ammonium, potassium, sodium, and zinc salts. Representative salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines, and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, NN1- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethyl-morpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, poly amine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, and trimethamine.
Representative compounds and related intermediates were prepared from commercially available starting materials or starting materials prepared by conventional synthetic methodologies. Representative compounds were prepared according to Methods A to C as described below and illustrated in FIGURES 9-11. The preparations of certain intermediates (I-l to 1-4) useful in the preparation of compounds of the invention are described in the Synthetic Intermediate section below.
FIGURES 9-11 present schematic illustrations of representative synthetic pathways for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2- PI . As used herein, "P5-P4-P3-P2-P1" refers to compounds of the invention prepared from five (5) components: PI, P2, P3, P4, and P5. Protected version of the components useful in the preparation of the compounds of the invention are designated as, for example, "PG-P2," "PG-P2-P1," "PG-P3," and "PG-P3-P2-P1," where "PG" is refers to a protecting group that allows for the coupling of, for example, PI to P2 or P3 to P1-P2, and that is ultimately removed to provide, for example, P1-P2 or P1-P2-P3.
FIGURE 9 is a schematic illustration of another representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from P5. In this pathway, compound P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 is prepared in a stepwise manner
starting with P5 by sequential coupling steps, separated as appropriate by deprotection steps and other chemical modifications. As shown in FIGURE 9, P5 is coupled with PG-P4 to provide P5-P4-PG, which is then deprotected to provide P5-P4 and ready for coupling with the next component, P3-PG. The process is continued with subsequent couplings PG-P2 with P5-P4-P3 and PG-P1 with P5-P4-P3-P2 to ultimately provide P5-P4-P3-P2-P1.
FIGURE 10 is a schematic illustration of a representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 starting from PI. In this pathway, compound P5-P4-P3-P2-P1 is prepared in a stepwise manner starting with PI by sequential coupling steps, separated as appropriate by deprotection steps and other chemical modifications. As shown in FIGURE 10, PI is coupled with PG-P2 to provide PG-P2-P1, which is then deprotected to provide P2-P1 and ready for coupling with the next component, PG-P3. The process is continued with subsequent couplings PG-P4 with P3-P2-P1 and PG-P5 with P4-P3-P2-P1 to ultimately provide P5-P4-P3-P2-P1.
FIGURE 11 is a schematic illustration of a further representative synthetic pathway for the preparation of representative compounds of the invention P5-P4-P3-P2- Pl starting from a component other than PI or P5. In this pathway, compound P5-P4-P3- P2-P1 is prepared in a stepwise manner starting with P2 by sequential coupling steps, separated as appropriate by deprotection steps and other chemical modifications. As shown in FIGURE 11, there are multiple pathways to P5-P4-P3-P2-P1. Examples C1-C6 were prepared by this method.
The preparation of representative compounds and their characterization are described in Examples C1-C6. The structures of representative compounds are set forth in Table 1.
Representative Compounds
A general kinetic enzyme assay useful for determining the inhibitory activity of the representative compounds useful in the formulations and methods of the invention is described in Examples Dl and D4.
A Granzyme B enzymatic inhibition assay is described in Example D2 and Example D5. The compounds identified in Table 1 exhibited Granzyme B inhibitory activity. In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <50,000 nM. In other embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <10,000 nM. In further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <1,000 nM. In still further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <100 nM. In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 from 10 nM to 100 nM, preferably from 1 nM to 10 nM, more preferably from 0.1 nM to 1 nM, and even more preferably from 0.01 nM to 0.1 nM.
A caspase enzymatic inhibition assay is described in Example D3 and Example D6. None of the compounds tested demonstrated an ability to significantly inhibit any of the caspases evaluated at a concentration of 50 μΜ. In certain embodiments, the compounds exhibited less than 50% inhibition at 50 μΜ. In other embodiments, the compounds exhibited greater than 50% inhibition at 50 μΜ, but less than 10% inhibition at 25 μΜ. The results demonstrate that select compounds selectively inhibit Granzyme B without significantly inhibiting caspases.
A fibronectin cleavage assay is described in Example D7.
Formulations
As noted above, the formulations of the invention include a Granzyme B inhibitor as described herein. A representative Granzyme B inhibitor compound useful in these formulations is 4-(((2S,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3- cyclohexyl-2-oxoiinidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (referred to herein Compound A or Compound Al depending on the preparation method as described in Example C2), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The preparation of Compound A and Compound Al are described in Example C2. Performance properties of representative formulations of the invention are described in Example 1 (Compound 1 formulations) and Example 2 (Compound 1A formulations).
In certain embodiments, the Granzyme B inhibitor (e.g., Compound A or Compound Al) is present in the formulation in an amount from about 0.25 to about 25.0 mg/mL of the formulation. In certain embodiments, the Granzyme B inhibitor is present in an amount from about 3.0 to about 15 mg/mL of the formulation. In other embodiments, the Granzyme B inhibitor is present in an amount from about 10.0 to about 15.0 mg/mL of the formulation. In one embodiment, the Granzyme B inhibitor is present in about 10.0 mg/mL of the formulation.
The pH of the formulations of the invention can be readily varied as desired by adjustment with, for example, a base such a triethanol amine. In certain embodiments, the formulation pH is from about 4.0 to about 7.4. In other embodiments, the formulation pH is from about 4.0 to about 6.5. In other embodiments, such as for topical application to the skin, the formulation pH is about 6.0.
In certain embodiments, the formulations of the invention are aqueous formulations that also include organic components. The aqueous formulations are buffered and have a pH in the range from about 4 to about 7, including from about 4 to 5, 4 to 7, and 5 to 7. In certain embodiments, the pH is from about 4.0 to about 6.5. In other embodiments, the pH is about 6.0. Suitable buffers include those useful for pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions that are topically administered or administered by injection. Representative buffers include acetate and phosphate buffers.
In the practice of the invention, it was determined that the Granzyme B inhibitor skin permeability decreases when the pH of the formulation increases.
In addition to the Granzyme B inhibitor compound, the formulations of the invention include one or more penetration enhancers. Suitable penetration enhancers include propylene glycol (PG), urea, Tween 80, dimethyl isosorbide (DMI), Transcutol, N-methyl-2-pyrollidone (MNP). The amount of penetration enhancer can be carried to achieve the desired formulation properties.
A representative penetration enhancer is propylene glycol (PG). The amount of propylene glycol present in the formulations can range from about 5 to 80 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation. In certain embodiments, propylene glycol is present in an amount from about 15 to about 25 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation. In other embodiments, propylene glycol is present in an amount about 20 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation. For certain topical applications, propylene glycol can be used in an amount up to about 80% w/w.
It will be appreciated that suitable polyols other than propylene glycol can be used in the formulations. Propylene glycol or other suitable polyols provide for hydrogel formulation and prevent rapid drying of the gel. Compared to other polyols, such as glycerin, propylene glycol offers the advantage of being a penetration enhancer and also a better solvent or co-solvent.
Representative formulations of the invention include a Granzyme B inhibitor (0.5 to 15 mg/mL), penetration enhancer (propylene glycol, 15 to 25 percent by weight), and aqueous acetate buffer at pH 5.
In certain embodiments, the formulation further includes one or more viscosity enhancers or gelling agents. Suitable viscosity enhancers include Carbopols, Carbomers, carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), starches, vegetable gums, and sugars.
Representative viscosity enhancers include crosslinked polyacrylate polymers, such as polyacrylate polymers crosslinked with ethers of pentaerythritol (e.g., Carbopol 940). The viscosity enhancer is typically present in the formulations in an amount from about 0.1 to about 5.0 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation (e.g., 0.5 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation). When Carbopol 940 is used, formulations containing less than about 0.5% w/w are lotions rather than gels, and at pH less than about 5, the formulation is not viscous.
For formulations that include Carbopol 940, which is pH sensitive, the pH is from about 5 and about 6 to obtain the formulation as a gel. The final pH of the formulation can be adjusted to achieve the desired pH range by using a suitable base for pharmaceutically acceptable base (e.g., sodium hydroxide, triethylamine, or triethanolamine). In certain embodiments, the pH of the formulation is adjusted with triethanolamine.
It has been observed that greater concentrations of Granzyme B inhibitor in gel formulations is achieved with increased viscosity enhancer (e.g., Carbopol 940) concentration. In certain embodiments, the viscosity enhancer (e.g., Carbopol 940) concentration is from about 0.5 to 2 percent by weight of the formulation (e.g. a gel formulation that includes about 10 mg/mL Granzyme B inhibitor). For a gel formulation that includes, for example, 20 mg/mL Granzyme B inhibitor, the viscosity enhancer (e.g., Carbopol 940) concentration is up to about 5 percent by weight of the formulation.
Representative formulations of the invention include a Granzyme B inhibitor (0.5 to 15 mg/mL), penetration enhancer (propylene glycol, 15 to 25 percent by weight), viscosity enhancer (Carbopol 940, 0.5 to 5 percent by weight), and aqueous acetate buffer at pH 5 (titrated to pH 6.0 with triethanolamine).
In certain embodiments, the formulation further includes one or more preservatives. Suitable preservatives include benzoic acid, EDTA, benzalkonium chloride, and parabens.
Representative parabens include methyl paraben and propyl paraben (e.g., methyl paraben at about 0.2 and propyl paraben at about 0.02 percent by weight based on the total weight of the formulation).
In one embodiment, the formulation for topical administration is a gel that includes the Granzyme B inhibitor (e.g., Compound A or Al) at a concentration of 0.35 % w/v in a vehicle containing propylene glycol (20 % w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5% w/v),
methyl paraben (0.2% w/w), propyl paraben (0.02 % w/w) and acetate buffer pH 5 (QS), adjusted to the final formulation pH of 5-6 with triethylamine.
In another embodiment, the formulation for topical administration is a gel that includes the Granzyme B inhibitor (e.g., Compound A or Al) at a concentration of 10 mg/mL in a vehicle containing propylene glycol (20 % w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5 to 2.0 % w/v), methyl paraben (0.2% w/w), propyl paraben (0.02 % w/w), and acetate buffer pH
5 (QS), adjusted to the final formulation pH of 6 with triethanolamine.
In one embodiment, the formulation is an injectable formulation that includes a Granzyme B inhibitor at a concentration of 0.25 to 25 mg/mL in a pharmaceutically acceptable injection vehicle (e.g., PBS).
The formulations of the invention can further include one or more carriers acceptable for the mode of administration of the preparation, be it by topical administration, lavage, epidermal administration, sub-epidermal administration, dermal administration, subdermal administration, transdermal administration, subcutaneous administration, injection, or any other mode suitable for the selected treatment. Topical administration includes administration to external body surfaces (e.g., skin) as well as to internal body surfaces (e.g., mucus membranes). Suitable carriers are those known in the art for use in such modes of administration.
Suitable compositions can be formulated by means known in the art and their mode of administration and dose determined by a person of skill in the art. For example, Compound A can be dissolved in sterile water or saline or a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle used for administration of non-water soluble compounds. Many suitable formulations are known including ointments, pastes, gels, hydrogels, foams, creams, powders, lotions, oils, semi-solids, soaps, medicated soaps, shampoos, medicated shampoos, sprays, films, or solutions which can be used topically or locally to administer a compound. Many techniques known to one of skill in the art are described in Remington: the Science & Practice of Pharmacy by Alfonso Gennaro, 20th ed., Williams
6 Wilkins, (2000).
The formulations can further include excipients, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated naphthalenes. Biocompatible, biodegradable lactide polymer, lactide/glycolide copolymer, or polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers.
The formulations of the invention or for use in the methods disclosed herein can be administered in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents as appropriate. Compound A or pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention or for use in the methods disclosed herein can be administered by means of a medical device or appliance such as an implant or wound dressing. Also, implants can be devised that are intended to contain and release such compounds or compositions. An example would be an implant made of a polymeric material adapted to release the compound over a period of time.
In certain embodiments, the formulations of the invention "comprise" the described components and may include other components. In other embodiments, the formulations of the invention "consist essentially of the described components and may include other components that do not materially affect the characteristic properties of the formulation. In other embodiments, the formulations of the invention "consist of the described components and do not include other components.
The properties and burn wound healing effectiveness of representative formulations of the invention are described below.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating burns, healing burn wounds, reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis in a bum wound, and intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor.
In certain embodiments, the methods comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of a Granzyme B inhibitor or a formulation that includes a Granzyme B inhibitor to a subject in need thereof. Representative routes of administration include topical administration and administration by injection.
A "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result, such as burn wound healing or reduced levels of Granzyme B activity. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the compound to elicit a desired response in the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the Granzyme B inhibitor are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
It is to be noted that dosage values can vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. For any particular subject, specific dosage regimens can be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions. Dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and do not limit the dosage ranges that can be selected by a medical practitioner. The amount of active compound in the composition can vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, a single bolus can be administered, several divided doses can be administered over time or the dose can be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
In the methods, the administration of Granzyme B inhibitor can be a local administration (e.g., administration to the site), or a topical administration to a site (e.g., wound).
The term "subject" or "patient" is intended to include mammalian organisms.
Examples of subjects or patients include humans and non-human mammals, e.g., nonhuman primates, dogs, cows, horses, pigs, sheep, goats, cats, mice, rabbits, rats, and transgenic non-human animals. In specific embodiments of the invention, the subject is a human.
The term "administering" includes any method of delivery of Granzyme B inhibitor or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Granzyme B inhibitor into a subject's system or to a particular region in or on a subject.
As used herein, the term "applying" refers to administration of the Granzyme B inhibitor that includes spreading, covering (at least in part), or laying on of the compound.
As used herein, the terms "treating" or "treatment" refer to a beneficial or desired result including, but not limited to, alleviation or amelioration of one or more symptoms, diminishing the extent of a disorder, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of a disorder, amelioration or palliation of the disorder, whether detectable or undetectable. "Treatment" can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival in the absence of treatment.
Evaluation of Penetration Enhancers
Penetration enhancers (PE) for the formulation were evaluated to enhance the delivery of Compound A through skin by an ex vivo permeation assay using pig ear skin as a surrogate for human skin.
Compound A was formulated in pH 5 acetate buffer containing various penetration enhancers (see Table 2). Formulations were delivered to the skin over a period of 6 hours and drug permeation was assessed by UPLC-MS/MS analysis of tape- stripped skin and receptor fluid. Receptor fluid samples were collected for analysis at 3 and 6 hour time points.
Compound A was dissolved at saturation in various vehicles containing PE in pH 5 acetate buffer (see Table 2). An excess amount of Compound A and the corresponding vehicle were mixed by rotary mixer at room temperature for 24 hours and subsequent filtration through 0.22 μηι cellulose acetate membrane. Concentration of Compound A was measured by UPLC.
Table 2. Compound A Concentration in Evaluated Formulations.
A method for evaluating Granzyme B inhibitor (Compound A) permeation is described in Example 1.
Burn Wound Healing
The formulations and methods of the invention are effective for the treatment of burns and for bum wound healing. The advantages of representative formulations of the
invention (injectable solutions and topical gels) compared to control are illustrated in FIGURES 2-4.
FIGURE 2 A compares images of wounds (mice) over time (Day 0 to Day 30) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation. FIGURE 2B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding). FIGURE 2C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2 A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)). FIGURE 2D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)). FIGURE 2E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 2A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (PBS)).
In the studies described herein, all mice were initially anesthetized using mixture of isoflurane/oxygen (Iso about 2-2.5%/ oxygen flow rate of about 1.5-2 L/min) in an induction chamber, then moved to a Baines system with a l-2.5%/1.5-2L/min flow rate. During anesthesia the mice were placed on a warming pad with a nose cone over the mice to maintain the anesthetic state. The toe nails were trimmed with clippers. A metal rod (25 g, 1 cm in diameter) was heated to 95-100°C by submersion in boiling water for 3-5 min. The rod was immediately positioned vertically for 6 seconds without additional pressure on the dorsal skin of mice that had also been depilated 3 days before wounding. This procedure induces a deep partial thickness thermal injury (degree lib). The severity of the thermal injury is classified according to Exp Dermatol. 2010;19(9):777-783.
The results for the injectable formulation demonstrate the effectiveness of this representative formulation for treating bums and for burn wound healing.
FIGURE 3A is an image of skin to which a volume (50 μί) of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A was applied. FIGURE 3B compares concentration of Compound A (μξ/μΐ,) in the skin at 4, 6, and 24 hours after application of a volume (50 μί) of a representative formulation of the invention that
includes Compound A as described above for FIGURE 3A. The results demonstrate that Compound A is stable and effectively retained in the skin to which the compound was applied.
FIGURE 4 A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 30) after subcutaneous injection of saline (control) and topical application of a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation. FIGURE 4B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding). FIGURE 4C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)). FIGURE 4D compares wound healing at Day 27 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (percent of original wound size for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)). FIGURE 4E compares falling of scabs (days) in the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 4A (falling of scabs (days) for control (saline) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)). FIGURES 5A, 5B, and 5C demonstrate that Compound A (gel) improves quality of healed wound measured by different parameters (epidermal thickness, decorin level in the wound and collagen level in the wound). FIGURE A compares images of wounds over time (Day 0 to Day 24) after topical application of vehicle (control) and a representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel) in a repeated study demonstrating attenuation of initial burn expansion in the zone of stasis and improved burn wound healing for the representative formulation. FIGURE 6B is a graphic illustration of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size as a function of days post-wounding). FIGURE 6C compares wound healing at Day 3 of the comparative wound healing shown in FIGURE 6A (percent of original wound size for control (vehicle) and the representative formulation of the invention that includes Compound A (gel)).
The results for the topical formulation demonstrate the effectiveness of this representative formulation for treating bums and for burn wound healing.
Abbreviations
As used herein, the following abbreviations have the indicated meanings. H NMR: proton nuclear magnetic resonance
19F NMR: fluorine- 19 nuclear magnetic resonance
%Inh: Percent inhibition
Ac-IEPD-AMC: acetyl-isoleucyl-glutamyl-prolyl-aspartyl-(7-amino-4- methylcoumarin) substrate
ACN: acetonitrile
BHET: te-2-hydroxyethyl-terephthalate
Boc: ferf-butoxycarbonyl
BSA: Bovine serum albumin
CHAPS: 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-l -propanesulfonate
DAPI: 4',6-diamidino-2-phenylindole
DCM: dichloromethane
DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine
DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine
DMF: dimethylformamide
DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide
DMSO-cM: dimethylsulfoxide-<i<5
DTT: dithiothreitol
EDC: 1 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride EDTA: 2-({2-[5w(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl} (carboxymethyl)amino)acetic acid
ESI: Electrospray ionization
EtOAc: ethyl acetate
eq. : equivalent(s)
GzmB: Granzyme B
HATU: 2-(7-aza- IH-benzotriazole- 1 -y 1)- 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 -tetramethy luronium hexafluorophosphate
HC1: hydrochloric acid
HEPES: 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-l -piperazineethanesulfonic acid
hGzmB: human Granzyme B
HPLC : high performance liquid chromatography
HOBt: 1-hydroxy-benzotriazol
IC50: inhibitory concentration that provides 50% inhibition
LC/MS: liquid chromatography / mass spectrometry
MeOH: methanol
mGzmB: murine Granzyme B
MS: mass spectrometry
m/z: mass to charge ratio.
Oxyma: ethyl 2-cyano-2-(hydroxyimino)acetate
PBS: phosphate buffered saline (pH 7.4)
RPM: revolution per minute
RT: room temperature
ferf-BuOH: ferf-butyl alcohol
THF: tetrahydrofuran
TFA: trifluoroacetic acid
wt%: weight percent
The following examples are provided for the purpose of illustrating, not limiting, the invention.
EXAMPLES
General Methods A-C
Representative compounds of the invention were prepared according to Methods A to C as described below and illustrated in FIGURES 9-11.
It will be appreciated that in the following general methods and preparation of synthetic intermediates, reagent levels and relative amounts or reagents/intermediates can be changed to suit particular compounds to be synthesized, up or down by up to 50% without significant change in expected results.
Method A: General method for deprotection followed by coupling reaction using EDC / HOBt / DIPEA.
. n
/f I Y o
HC1 Solution in dioxane (4M, 5 ml) was added to respective carbamate compound (0.125 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under vacuum and swapped with MeOH (5 ml) three times. Resulting residue was dried well under vacuum and subjected to next reaction as it was. The residue obtained above, respective acid moiety (0.125 mmol), EDC (0.19 mmol), HOBt (0.16 mmol) and DIPEA (0.5 mmol) were stirred in anhydrous DCM (5 ml) for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product which was purified on a C18 column using 10-50% MeOH in water to yield product as an off-white solid (35-55%).
Method B: General method for deprotection followed by reaction with anhydride.
HCI Solution in dioxane (4M, 5 ml) was added to a representative Boc-protected compound (0.125 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under vacuum and washed with MeOH (5 ml) three times. The resulting residue was dried well under vacuum and subjected to next reaction as it was. The residue obtained above, the respective anhydride moiety (0.125 mmol), and
triethylamine (0.5 mmol) were added to anhydrous DCM (5 mL) and stirred for 16 hrs. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product which was purified on a CI 8 column using 10-50% MeOH in water to yield product as an off-white solid (40-60%).
Method C: General method for deprotection followed by reaction with anhydride.
3) Acidify with formic acid
This method is an improved procedure for the method B. HCI Solution in dioxane (4M, 5 ml) was added to a representative Boc-protected compound (0.125 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under vacuum and swapped with MeOH (5 ml) three times. The resulting residue was dried well under vacuum and subjected to next reaction as it was. The residue obtained above, the respective anhydride moiety (0.19 mmol, 1.5 eq.), and triethylamine (0.5 mmol, 4 eq.) were added to anhydrous DCM (5 mL) and stirred for 16 hrs. The mixture was acidified with formic acid and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product which was purified on a C18 column using 25-65% MeOH in water to yield product as an off-white solid (30-80%).
Synthetic Intermediates
The following is a description of synthetic intermediates (1-1 to 1-4) useful for making representative compounds of the invention.
Intermediate 1-1
(5)-Dibenzyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate (1-1)
(5)-(-)-l-Z-2-Oxo-5-imidazolidinecarboxylic acid (2.5 g, 9.461 mmol, 1 eq.), /¾?ra-toluenesulfonic acid (360 mg, 1.892 mmol, 0.2 eq.) and benzyl alcohol (2.39 mL, 23.12 mmol, 2.4 eq.) were dissolved in toluene (25 mL) in a round bottom flask equipped with a Dean-stark apparatus and a condenser. The reaction was heated to reflux for 24 hrs and then allowed to come to RT. It was then washed with a saturated solution of NaHC03 solution (1 x 25 mL) and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with ethyl acetate (1 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The product was then purified by column chromatography using 15 % to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (^-dibenzyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate (1-1) as a white solid (1.50 g,
45%). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.41 (1H, dd, J=4, 7Hz), 3.74 (1H, t, J=10Hz), 4.80 (1H, dd, J=4, 10Hz), 5.10-5.17 (2H, m), 5.18-5.25 (2H, m), 6.08 (1H, s), 7.27-7.39 (10H, m), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 354.82, expected 355.13 [M+H].
Intermediate 1-2
(5)-2-Oxo-imidazolidine-l,4-dicarboxylic acid dibenzyl ester (1-2)
A slurry of 60% NaH in oil (24.8 mg, 0.621 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added to a solution of 1-1 (200 mg, 0.564 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (25 mL) at 0 °C under N2. The reaction was left at 0 °C for 5 min and then allowed to warm to 10 °C and was stirred for an additional hour at 10 °C. The reaction was added AcOH (0.5 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The product was then purified by column chromatography using 15 % to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (5)-2-oxo-imidazolidine-l,4-dicarboxylic acid dibenzyl ester (1-2) as a white solid (110.5 mg, 55%). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.06-4.17 (2H, m), 4.27 (1H, dd,
J=5, 9Hz), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, s), 7.32-7.45 (10H, m), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 354.86, expected 355.13 [M+H].
1-1 (300 mg, 0.846 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in acetonitrile (7.5 mL) in a microwave vial. DIPEA (2.9 mL, 16.93 mmol, 20 eq.) and 3-bromocyclohexene (1.9 mL, 16.93 mmol, 20 eq.) were then added to the vial and it was microwaved at 100 °C for 2 hrs. The product was then purified by column chromatography using 5 % to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (45)-benzyl l-(cyclohex-2-en-l- yl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (1-3) as a white solid (220 mg, 87%). MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 300.80, expected 301.16 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
Intermediate 1-4
(<S)-Dibenzyl 3-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate (1-4)
To a stirring solution of 1-1 (450 mg, 1.269 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) was added iodomethane (0.8 mL, 12.69 mmol, 10 eq.) under N2. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and a slurry of 60 % NaH in oil (60.1 mg, 1.524 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was added. The reaction was kept at 0 °C for 30 minutes and was then added a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (1 mL). It was then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed a 20 % sodium thiosulphate solution (1 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The product was then purified by column chromatography using 10 % to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (<S)-dibenzyl 3-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate (1-4) as a colorless
glass (180 mg, 38%). MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 368.81, expected 369.15 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
Representative Granzyme B Inhibitor Compounds
The following is a description of the preparation of representative Granzyme B inhibitor compounds of the invention.
Examples C1-C6 were prepared by the representative synthetic pathway illustrated schematically in FIGURE 3.
EXAMPLE CI
4-(((2^3y)-l-((2-((y)-5-(((2H-Tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)amino)-3 -methyl- l-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid
A solution of 1-2 (100 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) was cooled to -50 °C under N2. Potassium ferf-butoxide (31.6 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.) was then added, followed by Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (76.7 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.) and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. Analysis of the reaction mixture by TLC showed the presence of starting material left. The reaction mixture was cooled to -50 °C and potassium ferf-butoxide (31.6 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.), followed by Boc-glycine Ν-hydroxysuccinimide ester (76.7 mg, 0.282 mmol, 1 eq.) were added and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. TLC showed disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was added AcOH (0.5 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a column chromatography using 15 % to 50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give the mixture of related compounds (<S)-dibenzyl 3-(2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)- 2-oxoimidazolidine-l ,4-dicarboxylate and (S)-\ -((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-3-(2-((ferf- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (113 mg). (LC/MS) m/z observed 534.60, expected 534.19 [M+H] for the benzyl ester and (LC/MS) m/z observed 422.03, expected 422.16 [M+H] for the acid. Compounds were confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as they were.
The mixture of related compounds (<S)-dibenzyl 3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-l,4-dicarboxylate and (<S)-1- ((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-3-(2-((fer^butoxycarbonyl)amino)ace1yl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-
carboxylic acid (255 mg) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under N2. The flask was then flushed with H2 and H2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs. The flask was flushed with N2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over celite. The solids were washed with methanol (3 x 15 mL) and the filtrate and washings were then concentrated to give (S)-3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid as a brown oil (143.2 mg, quantitative). (LC/MS) m/z observed 287.80, expected 288.12 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-tert-Bu y\ (2-(5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidin- 1 - yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate was prepared from (S)-3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid and (2H-tetrazol-5- yl)methyl-amine using method A in DMF but without HC1 treatment. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 368.90, expected 369.16 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
ferf-Butyl ((2S,3S)- 1 -((2-((5)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)carbamate was prepared from (S)-tert-buty\ (2-(5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate and Boc-L-isoleucine using method A in DMF. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 481.80, expected 482.25 [Μ+Η]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
Title compound 4-(((2^,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2- oxoiinidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4- oxobutanoic acid (CI) was prepared from ferf-butyl ((2S,3S)- \-((2-((S)-5 -(((2H-tetrazol- 5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l- oxopentan-2-yl)carbamate and succinic anhydride using method I. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c 6) δ 0.80 (3H, t, J=7Hz), 0.84 (3H, d, J=7Hz), 1.08 (1H, m), 1.42 (1H, m), 1.70 (1H, m), 2.32-2.45 (4H, m), 3.22 (1H, dd, J=3, 9Hz), 3.65 (1H, t, J=10Hz), 4.16-4.26 (2H, m), 4.48 (1H, t, J=6Hz), 4.53 (1H, m), 4.63 (1H, dd, J=6, 16Hz), 4.67 (1H, dd, J=4, 10Hz), 7.80 (1H, s), 7.90 (1H, d, J=9Hz), 8.12 (1H, m), 8.94 (1H, t, J=6Hz), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 481.74, expected 482.21 [M+H]
EXAMPLE C2
4-(((2^3y)-l-((2-((^)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-vnmethvncarbamovn-3-cvclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4- oxobutanoic acid
A solution of 1-3 (220 mg, 0.733 mmol, 1 eq.) (prepared as described below) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (THF) (15 mL) was cooled to -50 °C under nitrogen. Potassium ferf-butoxide (98 mg, 0.880 mmol, 1.2 eq.) was then added, followed by Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (240 mg, 0.880 mmol, 1.2 eq.) and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. Analysis of the reaction mixture by thin layer chromatography (TLC) showed the presence of starting material left. The reaction mixture was cooled to -50 °C and potassium ferf-butoxide (25 mg, 0.219 mmol, 0.25 eq.), followed by Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (60 mg, 0.219 mmol, 0.25 eq.) were added and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. TLC showed disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was added acetic acid (AcOH) (1 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a column chromatography using 10 % to 50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (45)-benzyl 3-(2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-(cyclohex-2- en-l-yl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (150 mg). MS(LC/MS) m/z observed 458.02, expected 458.53 [M+H]. The compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(4<S)-Benzyl 3-(2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-(cyclohex-2-en-l-yl)-2- oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (150 mg) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under nitrogen. The flask was then flushed with hydrogen and hydrogen was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 16 hrs. The flask was flushed with nitrogen and the reaction mixture was filtered over CELITE®. The solids were washed with methanol (3 x 15 mL) and the filtrate and washings were then concentrated to give (S)-3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid as a yellow oil (120 mg, quantitative). (LC/MS) m/z observed 369.96, expected 370.20 [M+H]. The compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-tert-Buty\ (2-(5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate was prepared from (S)-3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid and (2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl-amine in dimethylformamide (DMF) but without hydrochloric acid (HC1) treatment. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 450.97, expected 451.24 [M+H]. The compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
ferf-Butyl ((2^,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3- cyclohexyl-2-oxoiinidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2- yl)carbamate was prepared from (S)-tert-buty\ (2-(5-(((2H-tetrazol-5- y l)methy l)carbamoy l)-3 -cy clohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidin- 1 -y l)-2-oxoethy l)carbamate and Boc- -isoleucine using method A in DMF. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 564.51, expected 564.66 [Μ+Η]. The compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
Title Compound 4-(((2^,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)- 3-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid was prepared from ferf-butyl ((25',35)-l-((2-((5)-5-(((2H- tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)carbamate by treatment with succinic anhydride. HC1 solution in dioxane (4M, 5 ml) was added to the Boc-protected compound (0.125 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under vacuum and swapped with methanol (MeOH) (5 ml) three times. The resulting residue was dried well under vacuum and subjected to next reaction as it was. The residue obtained above, the respective anhydride moiety (0.19 mmol, 1.5 eq.), and triethylamine (0.5 mmol, 4 eq.) were added to anhydrous dichloromethane (DCM) (5 mL) and stirred for 16 hrs. The mixture was acidified with formic acid and then concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product which was purified on a C18 column using 25-65% MeOH in water to yield the title compound. H NMR (400 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 0.80 (3H, t, J=7Hz), 0.84 (3H, d, J=7Hz), 1.03-1.12 (2H, m),
1.21-1.45 (5H, m), 1.50-1.80 (6H, m), 2.32-2.45 (4H, m), 3.26 (IH, dd, J=3, 9Hz), 3.58 (IH, m), 3.67 (IH, t, J=10Hz), 4.16-4.26 (2H, m), 4.48-4.65 (4H, m), 7.90 (IH, d, J=9Hz), 8.15 (IH, t, J=6Hz), 8.98 (IH, t, J=6Hz), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 563.95, expected 564.29 [M+H].
Compound C2 has the following structure:
Compound C2 prepared as described above is referred to herein as Compound A. In an alternative preparation, Compound C2 was isolated by crystallization as follows (the volumes noted below are related to the weight of compound produced and are varied depending on the amount of product). The white solid obtained after evaporation was suspended in a mixture of boiling H20 (92 mL) and 1 M HC1 (23 mL). Hot isopropanol (iPrOH) was added in small portions until the white solid was completely dissolved (60 mL). The solution was slowly cooled to room temperature and then 4 °C whereupon a white precipitate formed. This solid was isolated by filtration and washed with cold 1: 1 H20/iPrOH, giving 6.32 g of white crystalline solid. On standing, a second crop of crystals were isolated from the mother liquor (0.29 g). The combined crops of crystals resulted in 6.61 g (50 % yield, 3 steps) of 4-(((2S,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H- tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid as a 3:2 solvate with iPrOH. Compound C2 prepared as described above is referred to herein as Compound Al.
EXAMPLE C3
4-(((2^3^)-l-((2-((y)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-2- oxoiinidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4- oxobutanoic acid
1-4 (350 mg, 0.951 mmol, 1 eq.) was treated with 30 % HBr in acetic acid (1.4 mL) for 20 minutes at RT. The solvent was then concentrated to dryness and the residue was submitted to a reverse phase column chromatography using 0 to 50 % MeOH in water as the eluent. The obtained product was dissolved in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was cooled to -50 °C under N2. Potassium ferf-butoxide (160 mg, 1.427 mmol, 1.5 eq.) was then added, followed by Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (390 mg,
1.427 mmol, 1.5 eq.) and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to - 10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. Analysis of the reaction mixture by TLC showed disappearance of the starting material. The reaction mixture was added AcOH (1.5 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a column chromatography using 10 % to 50 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (<S)-benzyl 3-(2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4- carboxylate (100 mg). (LC/MS) m/z observed 391.95, expected 392.18 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-Benzyl 3-(2-((25',35)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3- methylpentanamido)acetyl)-l-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate was prepared from (<S)-benzyl 3-(2-((ier^butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine- 4-carboxylate and Boc-L-isoleucine using method A in DMF. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 505.23, expected 505.27 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-Benzyl 3-(2-((25',35)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3- methylpentanamido)acetyl)-l-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (30 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (6 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10% by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under N2. The flask was then flushed with H2 and H2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs. The flask was flushed with N2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over celite. The solids were washed with methanol (3 x 15 mL) and the filtrate and washings were then concentrated to give (5)-3-(2-((25',35)-2-((ieri- butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylpentanamido)acetyl)-l-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4- carboxylic acid as a yellow oil (24 mg, quantitative). MS(LC/MS) m/z observed 414.98, expected 415.22 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
tot-Butyl ((25',35)-l-((2-((5)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl- 2-oxoimidazolidin-l -yl)-2-oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l -oxopentan-2-yl)carbamate was prepared from (5)-3-(2-((25',35)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3- methy lpentanamido)acety 1)- 1 -methy l-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxy lie acid and (2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl-amine using method A in DMF but without HC1 treatment. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 495.89, expected 496.26 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
Title compound 4-(((2S,3S)-l-((2-((S)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)- 3 -methy 1-2-oxoimidazolidin- 1 -yl)-2-oxoethy l)amino)-3-methyl- 1 -oxopentan-2- yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid (C3) was prepared from ferf-butyl ((25',35)-l-((2-((5)-5- (((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l-oxopentan-2-yl)carbamate and succinic anhydride using method I. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c 6) δ 0.71-0.85 (6H, m), 1.08 (1H, m), 1.42 (1H, m), 1.70 (1H, m), 2.32-2.41 (3H, m), 2.45-2.50 (4H, m), 3.27 (1H, m), 3.65-3.75 (2H, m), 4.08-4.26 (2H, m), 4.45-4.65 (3H, m), 7.95 (1H, m), 8.15 (1H, m), 8.95 (1H, m), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 495.90, expected 496.23 [M+H] EXAMPLE C4
(^)-5-((^-5-(((2H-Tetrazol-5-vnmethvncarbamovn-3-cvclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-4-((2^J^-2-(3-carboxypropanamido)-3-methylpentanamido)-5- oxopentanoic acid
(<S)-(-)-l-Z-2-Oxo-5-imidazolidinecarboxylic acid (2.0 g, 7.569 mmol, 1 eq.), DMAP (92.5 mg, 0.757 mmol, 0.1 eq.) and ferf-butanol (2.17 mL, 22.71 mmol, 3 eq.) were dissolved in CH2CI2 (38 mL). The reaction was cooled to 0 °C and EDC (1.74 g, 9.083 mmol, 1.2 eq.) was added. The reaction was left at 0 °C for 1 h and stirred at RT for 16 hrs. The solvent was evaporated and the product was purified by normal phase column chromatography using 15 % to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (<S)-1- benzyl 5-ferf-butyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylic acid as a white solid (1.05 g, 43%). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 1.38 (9H, s), 3.38 (1H, dd, J=4, 7Hz), 3.73 (1H, t, J=10Hz), 4.63 (1H, dd, J=4, 10 Hz), 5.20-5.33 (4H, m), 6.25 (1H, s), 7.30-7.40 (5H, m), (LC/MS) m/z observed 320.82, expected 321.15 [M+H].
(5)-l-Benzyl 5-ferf-butyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylic acid (1.05 g, 3.290 mmol, 1 eq.) was dissolved in acetonitrile (15 mL) in a microwave vial. 3-bromocyclohexene (1.89 mL, 16.45 mmol, 5 eq.) and potassium ferf-butoxide (406 mg, 3.619 mmol, 1.1 eq) were then added to the vial and it was microwaved at 90 °C for 1 minute. The reaction was then quenched with AcOH (5 mL) and the solvents were concentrated. The product was then purified by reverse phase column chromatography using 5 % to 80 % methanol in water as the eluent to give (55)- 1 -benzyl 5-ferf-butyl 3-(cyclohex-2-en-l-yl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate as an orange glass (496 mg,
38%). MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 400.97, expected 401.21 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(55)- 1 -Benzyl 5 -ferf-buty 1 3 -(cy clohex-2-en- 1 -y l)-2-oxoimidazolidine- 1,5- dicarboxylate (496 mg, 2.497 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (50 mg) was added to the solution under N2. The flask was then flushed with H2 and H2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs. The flask was flushed with N2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over celite. The solids were washed with methanol (3 x 50 mL) and the filtrate and washings were then concentrated to give (S)-tert-buty\ l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate as a yellow glass (314.3 mg, quantitative). (LC/MS) m/z observed 268.95, expected 269.19 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
A solution of (<S)-ferf-butyl l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (199 mg, 0.742 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) was cooled to -50 °C under N2. Potassium ferf-butoxide (83.2 mg, 0.742 mmol, 1 eq.) was then added, followed by Boc-L-glutamic acid benzyl ester N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (322.4 mg, 0.742 mmol, 1 eq.) and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. Analysis of the reaction mixture by TLC showed completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was added AcOH (1 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a reverse phase column chromatography using 10 % to 85 % methanol in water as the eluent to give (<S)-ferf-butyl 3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopentanoyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate as a colorless glass (230.1 mg, 53%). (LC/MS) m/z observed 587.84, expected 588.33 [M+H] Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(5)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((25',35)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3- methylpentanamido)-5-oxopentanoyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid was prepared from (S)-tert-buty\ 3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((ieri- butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopentanoyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate and Boc-L-isoleucine using method A in DMF. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 644.86, expected 645.35 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-Benzyl 5-((5)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoiinidazolidin-l-yl)-4-((2^,3^-2-((ier^butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylpentanamido)-
5-oxopentanoate was prepared from (5)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((25',35)-2-((ieri- butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylpentanamido)-5-oxopentanoyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid and (2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl-amine using method A in DMF but without HCl treatment. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hrs and then heated to 50 °C for 4 additional hours. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 725.88, expected 726.39 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-Benzyl 5-((5)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin-l -yl)-4-((2^,3^-2-((ier^butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylpentanamid 5-oxopentanoate (39.4 mg, 0.0595 mmol) and succinic anhydride (8.9 mg, 0.0893 mmol, 1.5 eq.) were suspended in CH2CI2 (5 mL). NEt (0.033 mL, 0.238 mmol, 4 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour, reacting to completion. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) containing AcOH (1 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under N2. The flask was then flushed with H2 and H2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs. The flask was flushed with N2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over CELITE™. The solids were washed with methanol (3 x 15 mL) and the filtrate and washings were then concentrated to give a residue that was submitted to preparative HPLC purification using a 10 minutes gradient from 42% to 55% MeOH in water as the eluent. Title compound (5)-5-((5)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl- 2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-4-((2^,3^-2-(3-carboxypropanamido)-3-methylpentanamido)-5- oxopentanoic acid (C4) was obtained as an orange solid (10.5 mg, 28%). Ti NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c 6) δ 0.70-0.83 (6H, m), 0.98-1.12 (2H, m), 1.20-1.45 (5H, m), 1.50-1.80 (6H, m), 1.95 (1H, m), 2.20-2.44 (5H, m), 3.22-3.43 (3H, m), 3.52-3.70 (2H, m), 4.16-4.20 (2H, m), 4.40-4.72 (2H, m), 5.40 (1H, m), 7.83 (1H, m), 8.10 (1H, m), 8.95 (1H, m), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 635.93, expected 636.31 [M+H] .
EXAMPLE C5
(S)-5-((S)-5-((( 2H-Tetrazol-5 -yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidin- 1 -yl)-4- ((2^J^-2-(3-carboxypropanamido)-3-methylpentanamido)-5-oxopentanoic acid (<S)-(-)-l-Z-2-Oxo-5-imidazolidinecarboxylic acid (2.0 g, 7.569 mmol, 1 eq.),
DMAP (92.5 mg, 0.757 mmol, 0.1 eq.) and allyl alcohol (1.03 mL, 15.14 mmol, 2 eq.) were dissolved in CH2C12 (35 mL). The reaction was cooled to 0 °C and EDC (1.74 g,
9.083 mmol, 1.2 eq.) was added. The reaction was left at 0 °C for 1 h and stirred at RT for 16 hrs. The solvent was evaporated and the product was purified by normal phase column chromatography using 15 % to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (S)-5- allyl 1-benzyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate as a white solid (1.70 g, 74%). H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.42 (1H, dd, J=4, 7Hz), 3.75 (1H, t, J=10Hz), 4.53-4.63 (2H, m), 4.78 (1H, dd, J=4, 10Hz), 5.20-5.33 (4H, m), 5.80 (1H, m), 6.10 (1H, s), 7.30-7.40 (5H, m), (LC/MS) m/z observed 304.85, expected 305.11 [M+H].
95 % Dry NaH (147 mg, 6.145 mmol, 1.1 eq.) was carefully added to a solution of (<S)-5-allyl 1-benzyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,5-dicarboxylate (1.7 g, 5.587 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (150 mL) at 0 °C under N2. The reaction was left at 0 °C for 5 min and then allowed to warm to 10 °C and was stirred for an additional hour at 10 °C. The reaction was added AcOH (5 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The product was then purified by column chromatography using 15 % to 65 % ethyl acetate in hexanes as the eluent to give (<S)-4-allyl 1-benzyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,4-dicarboxylate as a white solid (860.3 mg, 51%). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.06-4.17 (2H, m), 4.22 (1H, dd, J=5, 9Hz), 4.67 (2H, m), 5.25-5.37 (4H, m), 5.83-5.93 (1H, m), 5.97 (1H, s), 7.32-7.44 (5H, m), (LC/MS) m/z observed 304.85, expected 305.11 [M+H].
A solution of (<S)-4-allyl 1-benzyl 2-oxoimidazolidine-l,4-dicarboxylate (352 mg, 1.157 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was cooled to -50 °C under N2. Potassium ferf-butoxide (129.8 mg, 1.157 mmol, 1 eq.) was then added, followed by Boc-L-glutamic acid benzyl ester N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (581.6 mg, 1.157 mmol, 1 eq.) and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. Analysis of the reaction mixture by TLC showed completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was added AcOH (2 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a reverse phase column chromatography using 10 % to 80 % methanol in water as the eluent to give (45)-4-allyl 1-benzyl 3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)- 2-((ίer butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopentanoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-l,4-dicarboxylate as a colorless glass (448 mg, 62 %). (LC/MS) m/z observed 645.91, expected 646.24 [M+Na] Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
To a solution of (45 -4-allyl 1-benzyl 3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((ieri- butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopentanoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-l ,4-dicarboxylate (448 mg, 0.718 mmol) in CH2C12 (25 mL) under N2 was added Pd(PPh3)4 (166 mg, 0.144 mmol, 0.2 eq.) and morpholine (0.188 mL, 2.15 mmol, 3 eq.). The reaction was left at RT for
2 hrs and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a reverse phase column chromatography but the product and triphenylphosphine co-eluted. The product was thus re-purified by normal phase column chromatography using 80 % ethyl acetate in hexanes to elute triphenylphosphine oxide and 10 % methanol in CH2CI2 to elute ( S)-3- ((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5-oxopentanoyl)-l-
((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid that was obtained as a colorless glass (230 mg, 55%). MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 605.89, expected 606.21 [M+Na]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
( S)-Benzyl 4-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2- ((ferf-butoxy carbony l)amino)-5 -oxopentanoy l)-2-oxoimidazolidine- 1 -carboxylate was prepared from (45)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5- oxopentanoyl)-l-((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid and (2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl-amine using method A in DMF but without HC1 treatment. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hrs and then heated to 50 °C for 4 additional hours. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 686.90, expected 687.25 [M+Na]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(5)-Benzyl 4-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2- ((25',35)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylpentanamido)-5-oxopentanoyl)-2- oxoimidazolidine-1 -carboxylate was prepared from (45)-benzyl 4-(((2H-tetrazol-5- yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-5- oxopentanoyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-l -carboxylate and Boc-L-isoleucine using method A in DMF. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 799.69, expected 800.33 [M+Na]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(5)-Benzyl 4-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-((5)-5-(benzyloxy)-2- ((25',35)-2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylpentanamido)-5-oxopentanoyl)-2- oxoimidazolidine-1 -carboxylate (33.4 mg, 0.0468 mmol) and succinic anhydride (7.0 mg, 0.07 mmol, 1.5 eq.) were suspended in CH2C12 (5 mL). NEt3 (0.026 mL, 0.187 mmol, 4 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 hour. It went to completion. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) containing AcOH (1 mL) and palladium on charcoal 10 % by wt (10 mg) was added to the solution under N2. The flask was then flushed with H2 and H2 was bubbled into the reaction mixture for 4 hrs. The flask was flushed with N2 and the reaction mixture was filtered over celite. The solids were washed with methanol (3 x 15 mL) and the
filtrate and washings were then concentrated to give a residue that was submitted to preparative HPLC purification using a 10 minutes gradient from 15 % to 25 % MeOH in water as the eluent. Title compound (5)-5-((5)-5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)- 2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-4-((2^,3^-2-(3-carboxypropanamido)-3-methylpentanamido)-5- oxopentanoic acid (C5) was obtained as an orange solid (3.7 mg, 14%). Ti NMR
(400 MHz, DMSO-c 6) δ 0.70-0.83 (6H, m), 1.08 (1H, m), 1.40 (1H, m), 1.70 (1H, m), 1.95 (1H, m), 2.20-2.55 (5H, m), 3.22-3.40 (3H, m), 3.65 (1H, m), 4.16-4.26 (2H, m), 4.50-4.72 (2H, m), 5.42 (1H, m), 7.78-7.92 (2H, m), 8.10 (1H, m), 8.85 (1H, m), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 553.95, expected 554.23 [M+H].
EXAMPLE C6
(^)-N-((2H-Tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)- 1 -cvclohexyl-3-(2-(2- cvclopentylacetamido)acetyl)-2-oxoiinidazolidine-4-carboxamide A solution of (<S)-ferf-butyl l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (235 mg, 0.876 mmol, 1 eq., from Example C4) in anhydrous THF (8 mL) was cooled to -50 °C under N2. Potassium ferf-butoxide (98.3 mg, 0.876 mmol, 1 eq.) was then added, followed by Boc-glycine N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (239.4 mg, 0.876 mmol, 1 eq.) and the reaction mixture was slowly allowed to warm up to -10 °C and it was stirred at that temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was added AcOH (1 mL) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was submitted to a reverse phase column chromatography using 10 % to 70 % methanol in water as the eluent to give (S)-tert-bu y\ 3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate as a colorless glass (160.3 mg, 43%). (LC/MS) m/z observed 447.92, expected 448.24 [M+Na] Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-tert-Buty\ 3-(2-((ieri-butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylate (204 .7 mg, 0.481 mmol) was treated with HC1 (4N) in dioxane (15 ml) and water (5 mL) at RT for 4 hours. Both the Boc and ferf-butyl groups were removed. The solvents were evaporated and the residue obtained was dissolved in dioxane (10 mL) and water (5 mL). Boc20 (115.5 mg, 0.529 mmol, 1.1 eq.) and DIPEA were added (0.167 mL, 0.962 mmol, 2 eq.) and the reaction was left at RT for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was then acidified to pH 4 with a citric acid (saturated solution) and the solvents were concentrated. The product was purified by reverse phase C18 chromatography using 10 % to 50 % methanol in water as the eluent to give (S)-3-(2-
((ferf-butoxy carbony l)amino)acetyl)- 1 -cy clohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid as a colorless glass (122.5 mg, 69%). (LC/MS) m/z observed 391.91, expected 392.18 [M+Na] Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
(S)-tert-Bu \ (2-(5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate was prepared from (S)-3-(2-((tert- butoxycarbonyl)amino)acetyl)-l-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxylic acid and (2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl-amine using method A in DMF but without HC1 treatment. The reaction was stirred at RT for 16 hrs. MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 450.74, expected 451.24 [M+H]. Compound was confirmed using LC/MS and moved to next step as it was.
Title compound (5 -N-((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)-l-cyclohexyl-3-(2-(2- cyclopentylacetamido)acetyl)-2-oxoimidazolidine-4-carboxarnide (C6) was prepared from (S)-tert-bu y\ (2-(5-(((2H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2- oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2-oxoethyl)carbamate and cyclopentyl acetic acid using method A in 2: 1 mixture DMF/CH2C12. *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c 6) δ 1.02-1.17 (3H, m), 1.22- 1.41 (4H, m), 1.43-1.62 (6H, m), 1.63-1.79 (5H, m), 2.07-2.16 (3H, m), 3.27 (1H, dd, J=4, 10 Hz), 3.57 (1H, m), 3.68 (1H, t, J=10 Hz), 4.16 (1H, dd, J=5, 9 Hz), 4.47-4.56 (2H, m), 4.57-4.67 (2H, m), 7.98 (1H, t, J=6Hz), 8.98 (1H, t, J=6Hz), MS (LC/MS) m/z observed 460.95, expected 461.26 [M+H]. EXAMPLE Dl
GENERAL KINETIC ENZYME ASSAY PROTOCOL
A specific 2X assay buffer was prepared for the enzyme to be tested (see Table 3 for final IX assay buffer compositions). If the assay buffer included DTT, it was added immediately prior to running the assay. A 2X enzyme mix was prepared (see Table 4 for enzyme assay conditions) at 80 uL per well. Compounds were screened at one or two appropriate concentrations (to determine the percent inhibition at those concentrations) and/or a full dose response curve (typically 8 points, to identify the IC50) in duplicate, triplicate, or higher replicates as needed. An appropriate control was also assessed in full dose response, in duplicate for each assay/plate. Background control wells consisted of IX assay buffer, DMSO (5% v/v) and substrate. Positive control wells consisted of enzyme, DMSO (5% v/v) and substrate. Test compounds and control compounds were
diluted in DMSO to 40X the final desired concentration. For example, a test compound may be tested in dose response, in serial, tripling dilution condition starting at 20uM and ending at 9.1 nM (or any appropriate concentration range and dilution scheme). Control compounds were prepared similarly. Diluted compounds were prepared in a dilution plate and transferred to the reaction plate (96-well medium binding plate (Greiner Bio-One FLUOTRAC™)) to allow for the desired final concentrations when added to the enzyme with AB. After mixing, the reaction plate was placed on a shaker (at 300 RPM) for 5 min, followed by incubation (covered) on the bench, for 20 min. Plates were warmed to reaction temperature (see Table 3) for a total incubation time of 30 min. Plates so prepared were ready for addition of substrate and the subsequent reaction.
An appropriate substrate for each assay was prepared in advance at 2X the final desired concentration (see Table 3) in DMSO. The appropriate substrate mix was added to each appropriate well on the reaction plate, and the plate was read immediately in the TEC AN plate reader (TEC AN INFINITE® Ml 000 Pro), set to the correct wavelength as needed for each assay (see Table 4) using 25 cycles, kinetic interval of 1 min, number of reads per well of 20 with shaking set to Is, double orbital, 2mm amplitude. For fluorescent assays the gain was set to optimal (50%).
Assay Buffer Composition.
*Can also use GzmB assay buffer for the Caspase-8 assay; Assay buffer components were sourced as follows: HEPES, DTT, Glycerol and sucrose: Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA, NaCl and EDTA: Fisher Scientific, Pittsburgh, PA, USA, CHAPS: Calbiochem, Billerica, MA, USA.
Table 4. Enzyme assay conditions.
* Ex/Em λ is the excitation and emission wavelengths at which to measure fluorescence. Enzyme and substrate concentrations are the final concentrations in the well. Note that most protocols require preparing 2X enzyme and substrate mixes, as they are diluted 2-fold in the well.
Enzymes were sourced as follows: hGzmB, Froelich Lab, Northshore University Health Systems Research Institute, Evanston, IL, USA; Caspases, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA. Substrates were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-AMC, California Peptide Research Inc., Napa, CA, USA; YVAD-AFC, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA;
Ac-DEVD-AMC, LEHD-AFC, AC-WEHD-AFC and Ac-IETD-AMC, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA. Control inhibitors were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-CHO, Ac-WEHD-FMK and Q-LEHD-Oph, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; Z-VAD-FMK, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, USA; and Ac-AEVD-CHO, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA.
EXAMPLE D2
HUMAN GRANZYME B ENZYMATIC INHIBITION ASSAY
An in vitro fluorogenic detection assay for assessing the IC50 and/or percent inhibition at a given concentration of inhibitors against human Granzyme B (hGzmB) enzyme was performed as described in Example Dl . When appropriate, percent inhibition data was collected and fitted to generate IC50 data using GraphPad Prism 5 (GraphPad Software, La Jolla California USA, www.graphpad.com) and its non-linear regression analysis tools or other equivalent tools.
Select compounds of Examples C1-C6 exhibited inhibitory activity against hGzmB. Each of the compounds identified in Table 1 exhibited Granzyme B inhibitory activity.
In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <50,000 nM. In other embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <10,000 nM. In further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <1,000 nM. In still further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <100 nM. In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 from 10 nM to 100 nM, preferably from 1 nM to 10 nM, more preferably from 0.1 nM to 1 nM, and even more preferably from 0.01 nM to 0.1 nM.
EXAMPLE D3
HUMAN CASPASE ENZYMATIC INHIBITION ASSAY In vitro fluorogenic detection assays for assessing the IC50 and/or percent inhibition at a given concentration of inhibitors, against a set of human Caspase enzymes, was performed as described in Example Dl. Representative compounds do not significantly inhibit any caspase enzyme tested at a concentration of 50 μΜ.
In certain embodiments, the compounds exhibited less than 50% inhibition at 50 μΜ. In other embodiments, the compounds exhibited greater than 50% inhibition at 50 μΜ, but less than 10% inhibition at 25 μΜ.
EXAMPLE D4
GENERAL KINETIC ENZYME ASSAY PROTOCOL (384 WELL)
A specific 2X assay buffer was prepared for the enzyme to be tested (see Table 4 for final IX assay buffer compositions). If the assay buffer included DTT, it was added immediately prior to running the assay. A 2X enzyme mix was prepared (see Table 3 for enzyme assay conditions) at 26 uL per well. Compounds were screened at one or two appropriate concentrations (to determine the percent inhibition at those concentrations) and/or a full dose response curve (typically 12 points, to identify the IC50) in duplicate, triplicate, or higher replicates as needed. An appropriate control was also assessed in full dose response, in duplicate for each assay/plate. Background control wells consisted of IX assay buffer and substrate. Positive control wells consisted of enzyme (no DMSO) and substrate. Test compounds and control compounds were diluted in IX Assay Buffer to 15X the final desired concentration. For example, a test compound may be tested in dose response, in serial, tripling dilution condition starting at 20uM and ending at 0.1 nM (or any appropriate concentration range and dilution scheme). Control compounds were prepared similarly. Diluted compounds were prepared in a dilution plate and transferred to the reaction plate (384-well medium binding plate (Greiner Bio-One FLUOTRAC™)) to allow for the desired final concentrations when added to the enzyme with AB. After mixing, the reaction plate was placed on a shaker (at 300 RPM) for 5 min, followed by incubation (covered) on the bench, for 20 min. Plates were warmed to reaction temperature (see Table 5) for 5 mins for a total incubation time of 30 min. Plates so prepared were ready for addition of substrate and the subsequent reaction.
An appropriate substrate for each assay was prepared in advance at 2X the final desired concentration (see Table 5) in assay buffer. 30uL of the appropriate substrate mix was added to each appropriate well on the reaction plate, and the plate was read immediately in the TEC AN plate reader (TEC AN INFINITE® Ml 000 Pro), set to the correct wavelength as needed for each assay (see Table 6) using 15 cycles, kinetic interval of lmin, number of reads per well of 20 with shaking set to Is, double orbital,
2mm amplitude. For fluorescent assays the gain was set to optimal (100% with gain regulation) for all assays except human GzmB which was set to 85 (with the z set at 23000 urn).
Table 5. Assay Buffer Composition.
*Can also use GzmB assay buffer for the Caspase-8 assay; Assay buffer components were sourced as follows: HEPES, DTT, Glycerol and sucrose: Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA, NaCl and EDTA: Fisher Scientific, Pittsburgh, PA, USA, CHAPS: Calbiochem, Billerica, MA, USA.
Table 6. Enzyme assay conditions.
* Ex/Em λ is the excitation and emission wavelengths at which to measure fluorescence. Enzyme and substrate concentrations are the final concentrations in the well. Note that most protocols require preparing 2X enzyme and substrate mixes, as they are diluted 2-fold in the well.
Enzymes were sourced as follows: hGzmB, Froelich Lab, Northshore University
Health Systems Research Institute, Evanston, IL, USA; Caspases and Elastase, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; Cathepsin G, Athens Research and Technologies, Athens, GA, USA. Substrates were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-AMC, California Peptide Research Inc., Napa, CA, USA; YVAD-AFC and MeOSuc-AAPF-AFC Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; LEHD-AFC and Suc-AAPF-pNA Millipore, Billerica MA, USA. Ac-DEVD- AMC, AC-WEHD-AFC and Ac-IETD-AMC, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA. Control inhibitors were sourced as follows: Ac-IEPD-CHO, Ac-WEHD-FMK,
Q-LEHD-Oph and CatG inhibitor, Biovision Inc., Milpitas, CA, USA; Z-VAD-FMK, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN, USA; and Ac-AEVD-CHO, Enzo Life Sciences Inc, Farmingdale, NY, USA. Sivelestat, Tocris Bioscience, Bristol, UK.
EXAMPLE D5
HUMAN GRANZYME B ENZYMATIC INHIBITION ASSAY
An in vitro fluorogenic detection assay for assessing the IC50 and/or percent inhibition at a given concentration of inhibitors against human Granzyme B (hGzmB) enzyme was performed as described in Example D4. When appropriate, percent inhibition data was collected and fitted to generate IC50 data using GraphPad Prism 5 (GraphPad Software, La Jolla California USA, www.graphpad.com) and its non-linear regression analysis tools or other equivalent tools.
Select compounds of Examples C1-C6 exhibited inhibitory activity against hGzmB. Each of the compounds of the invention identified in Table 1 exhibited Granzyme B inhibitory activity.
In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <50,000 nM. In other embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <10,000 nM. In further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <1,000 nM. In still further embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 <100 nM. In certain embodiments, select compounds exhibited IC50 from 10 nM to 100 nM, preferably from 1 nM to 10 nM, more preferably from 0.1 nM to 1 nM, and even more preferably from 0.01 nM to 0.1 nM.
EXAMPLE D6
HUMAN CASPASE ENZYMATIC INHIBITION ASSAY
In vitro fluorogenic detection assays for assessing the IC50 and/or percent inhibition at a given concentration of inhibitors, against a set of human Caspase enzymes, was performed as described in Example D4. Representative compounds do not significantly inhibit any caspase enzyme tested at a concentration of 50 μΜ.
In certain embodiments, the compounds exhibited less than 50% inhibition at 50 μΜ. In other embodiments, the compounds exhibited greater than 50% inhibition at 50 μΜ, but less than 10% inhibition at 25 μΜ.
EXAMPLE D7
INHIBITION OF FIBRONECTIN CLEAVAGE BY GZMB
Black, 96 well high-binding assay plates (Griener Bio-one) were treated overnight at 4°C with 40uL of 8ug/mL Hilyte Fluor 488 labeled Fibronectin (Cytoskeleton, Inc). After fibronectin coating, plates were washed 3 times in buffer (20mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 20mM NaCl) then once with granzyme B assay buffer (50mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 0.1% CHAPS). After washing, 50uL of granzyme B assay buffer was added to each fibronectin-coated well. In a separate non-binding 96 well assay plate 5uL of 20X inhibitor serial dilution stocks were added to 45uL of 2.22x GzmB mix to establish inhibition (enzyme/inhibitor mixes were all prepared in granzyme B assay buffer and were incubated first at room temperature for 20 minutes, then at 30°C for another 10 minutes). After incubation, 50uL of this 2x enzyme/inhibitor mix was added to the corresponding coated well to initiate fibronectin cleavage (20nM final granzyme B concentration, 8-point inhibitor dilution series starting at 50uM). The assay was conducted at 30°C in the TECAN plate reader (TECAN INFINITE® M1000 Pro), which was programmed to monitor the kinetic fluorescence polarization signal (filter set Ex/Em 470nm/527nm) with readings taken every minute, for 1 hour. Proteolytic activity was evaluated as the rate of fluorescence enhancement in the parallel emission over the linear range of the reaction. % Inhibition values were calculated from assay controls and the resulting data is shown in Table 7.
Table 7. Inhibition of Fibronectin Cleavage by GzmB Results.
Example 1
Method for Evaluating Granzyme B Inhibitor Permeation
Compound A permeation through skin was assessed ex vivo by using pig ear skin and a Franz Diffusion Cell System (PermeGear®).
Fresh pig ears were obtained from female Yorkshire/Landrace crosses, between 3.5 - 5 months old, at Jack Bell Research Centre, Vancouver. Immediately after surgery, pig ears were removed and placed in a double Ziploc® bag and stored at -20°C freezer until shipment to laboratory site on ice via courier the next day. Upon arrival at the site, pig ears were stored in a segregated container, labeled with harvest and shipment date, in -20°C freezer and were used prior to their expiry date of 5 weeks. Pig skin was prepared according to "Preparation of Pig Skin Samples for ex vivo Permeation Assays." Briefly, one day prior to the study, frozen ears were thawed washed with deionized water and blotted dry. After trimming off hair, surface skin was separated from cartilage and fat, and hole-punched into coin shape samples to fit dimensions of Franz cells. Pig ear samples were stored in a petri dish, sealed with parafilm tape, in double Ziploc® bags at -20°C overnight prior to the study on the following day.
Set up of the diffusion cell system was performed according to "Setup, Operation and Cleaning Procedure for Franz Diffusion Cell System." Prior to application of formulations, skin integrity of each skin sample was determined by measuring the electrical resistance. The electrical resistance was measured with a Model 878B Dual Display LCR Meter (BK Precision®) connected to two stainless steel electrodes, using a setting of 1 KHz. Measurements were taken at least 30 minutes after mounting skin samples to ensure temperature and humidity equilibration. The donor and receptor chamber were filled with 300 and 5 mL of pH 7.4 phosphate buffered saline (PBS), respectively, and both electrodes were immersed in solution without touching the skin membrane. Any skin membrane giving an electrical resistance below 4.0 kQ was discarded and replaced.
Throughout the permeation assay, all cells were maintained at 32°C and sink condition was maintained in the receptor fluid. Receptor chambers were filled with 4.75 mL of receptor fluid (pH 7.4 PBS) and were kept stirring for the entire duration of the experiment. Skin samples were mounted above the receptor chamber, in direct contact with the receptor fluid, and then donor chambers were mounted above the skin. Any air bubbles between the skin tissue and the receptor fluid were carefully removed prior to application of formulations. The appropriate formulation (300 μί) was added to the donor chamber and the opening of the cell was covered with Parafilm® to prevent evaporation of the test article. Three skin samples per formulation (N) were tested. Three components (receptor fluid, applied formulation and skin samples) were sampled
for subsequent analysis. Receptor fluid was sampled at 3 and 6 hours (without volume replacement) and stored at -20°C until analysis. At the end of the experiment, the applied formulation was recovered from the donor chamber and recorded as the unabsorbed dose. The skin was then blotted dry with a Kimwipe® and tape-stripped skin (12 tape strips) was obtained. The first tape strip (3M scotch tape) was used to remove excess of formulation remaining on the skin and was discarded. Then a total of 11 tape strips were used to partially remove the stratum corneum. These tape strips were kept in labeled glass vial. Then using a hole-puncher the section of skin exposed to the formulation was removed and the corresponding weight of the skin sample was recorded. All samples were stored at -20°C until analysis.
Analytical Methods. UPLC-MS/MS technology was used to separate and quantify Compound A from skin tissue extract and from receptor chamber fluid (PBS, pH 7.4). A Waters Acquity UPLC-TQD system was used for this purpose. Separation was performed using gradient elution on a 2.1 x 50 mm C18 column, with 1.7 μηι particle size. Positive electrospray ionization was applied to the mass spectrometer source and the analyzer was operated in multiple reaction monitoring mode (MRM).
Compound A was extracted from skin tissue by homogenization in water and in acetonitrile, followed by high frequency centrifugation. The supernatant was then highly diluted in mobile phase (dilution factor 50 to 200) for analysis against neat standards prepared in mobile phase. The mobile phase sample diluent was a mixture of 75% of lO mM ammonium acetate adjusted with ammonium hydroxide buffer to pH 8.8 and 25% acetonitrile.
For receptor fluid, the buffer was diluted by a factor of two using acetonitrile, vortexed, and analyzed directly. Standards and quality control samples (QC's) were prepared in the same matrix as the test samples (PBS/acetonitrile). Table 8 provides a summary of the analytical method parameters.
Table 8. Summary of Method Evaluation Results.
Results. Samples for determination of Compound A concentration in the skin were collected after 6 hours of exposure to formulations. Concentration measurements of Compound A in reservoir fluid were performed on samples collected after 3 and 6 hours of exposure. The values for individual samples are provided in Table 9.
Compound A concentrations measured in tissue and reservoir fluid for each sample.
Table 9. Amount of Compound A in tape-stripped skin normalized to skin mass after 6 hours exposure to formulations. Amount of Compound A in reservoir fluid after 3 and 6 hours of exposure to formulations.
Skin Concentrations. The concentration of Compound A in tape-stripped skin after 6 hours of exposure to formulations is summarized in Table 10. The number of skin samples used per formulation was 3 for each group. Average skin concentrations were 3700-9300 ng/g.
Table 10. Amount of Compound A in tape-stripped skin normalized to skin mass after 6 hour exposure to formulation.
Receptor Fluid Concentrations. Formulations tested ex vivo contained different amount of Compound A according to the solubility of the compound in the corresponding vehicle. To better analyze the effect of PE on the drug permeation, values found in skin were not only normalized to skin mass but also to the corresponding drug concentration in formulation.
Table 11 summarizes the concentrations of Compound A detected in the receptor fluid after 3 and 6 hours of exposure to formulations. The number of receptor fluid samples analyzed per formulation was 3 for each time point. In general, drug concentration in receptor fluids was below limit of quantitation (BLOQ) or non-detected (ND) at both times of exposure time. Only one out of three samples containing 10% DMI showed considerable amount of drug in receptor fluid.
Table 11. Concentration of Compound A in receptor fluid (ng/mL) after 3 and 6 hours of exposure to formulations.
T BLOQ: Compound A was detected in the sample below the assays limit of quantitation, 1 ng/mL in PBS. ND: Not detected.
Example 2
Representative Granzyme B Inhibitor Formulation and Performance Properties In this example, the preparation and performance properties of a representative
Granzyme B inhibitor formulation is described. The representative Granzyme B inhibitor formulation includes Compound 1A and was formulated as a gel at either 3.6 or 10.0 mg/mL Compound 1A based on the volume of the gel.
Procedure for Making the Base Vehicle
The base vehicle included 20% PG, 0.2% methyl paraben, 0.02% propyl paraben, in acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5). The base vehicle was prepared by mixing 20% of PG with acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5). An excess amount of methyl paraben and propyl paraben (0.2% methyl paraben/0.02% propyl paraben) was added to the solution, stirred overnight (>8 hours) at room temperature. The pH of the solution was adjusted to pH 5 with 1M HC1. The final mixture was filter via 0.45 urn filter.
Procedure for Making the Gel Formulations:
For the pre-clinical lab scale (non-sterile), a 13 mg/mL formulation was prepared by adding Compound 1A into the vehicle (20% PG, 0.2% methyl paraben, 0.02% propyl paraben, acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5), prepared as described above) and sonicated for 1 hour. 1% Carbopol 940 NF was added to the formulation and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature in order to fully hydrate the Carbopol. After 24 hours, the pH was adjusted to pH 6.0 ± 0.2 with triethanolamine. The final formulation is a colorless transparent gel. The formulation is physically and chemically stable with over 90% Compound 1A recovery by UPLC-UV up to 1 month at refrigeration storage conditions (2 - 8 °C).
Additional representative gels were prepared as described above with Compound 1 A up to and including 20 mg/mL. In certain embodiments, Compound 1A and Carbopol were separately prepared, each titrated to pH 6 with triethanolamine, and then combined.
The representative formulations can be sterilized. For example, the hydrated Carbopol mixture can be sterilized via autoclave process and the Compound 1A solution can be filtered via 0.22 urn filtration, the combination process can be performed in a sterilized environment.
Performance in vivo
The in vivo performance for a representative gel prepared as described above comprising Compound 1A (3.6 mg/mL) dissolved in a vehicle comprising PG (20% w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5% w/v), 0.2% w/w methyl paraben, 0.02% w/w propyl paraben, acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5) adjusted to pH 6.0 with triethanolamine had a performance comparable to that of another representative formulation (Compound 1 (3.6 mg/mL) dissolved in a vehicle comprising PG (20% w/w), Carbopol 940 (0.5% w/v), 0.2% w/w methyl paraben, 0.02% w/w propyl paraben, acetate buffer (10 mM, pH 5) adjusted to pH 6.0 with triethylamine ), which data is shown in FIGURES 5A-6C.
Franz cell ex vivo skin permeation
Franz cell ex vivo pig skin permeation data was generated using a 13 mg/mL Compound 1A formulation prepared as described above. The skin permeation was determined as described above in Example 1. The skin permeation data are shown in FIGURES 7 and 8. FIGURE 7 shows the amount of Compound 1A (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL) in the tape-stripped skin sample compared to vehicle control (no active). FIGURE 8 shows the amount of Compound 1A (formulated at 3 and 13 mg/mL) in receptor fluid compared to vehicle control.
While the preferred embodiment of the invention has been illustrated and described, it will be appreciated that various changes can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims
1. A formulation for burn wound healing, comprising a compound having Formula (I):
stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: Ri is a heteroaryl group selected from
(a) 1,2,3-triazolyl, and
(b) 1,2,3,4-tetrazolyl;
n is 1 or 2;
R-2 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
R-3 is selected from
(a) hydrogen,
(b) C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with a carboxylic acid, carboxylate, or carboxylate Ci-Cs ester group (-CO2H, -CO2", -C(=0)OCi-Cs), an amide optionally substituted with an alkylheteroaryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Z is an acyl group selected from the group
wherein
Y is hydrogen, heterocycle, -NH2, or C1-C4 alkyl;
R4 is selected from
(i) C1-C12 alkyl,
(ii) Ci-Ce heteroalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl,
(iii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl,
(iv) C6-Cio aryl,
(v) heterocyclyl,
(vi) C3-C10 heteroaryl,
(vii) aralkyl, and
(viii) heteroalkylaryl;
R5 is heteroaryl or -C(=0)-Rio, wherein R10 is selected from
(i) C1-C12 alkyl optionally substituted with C6-C10 aryl, C1-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(ii) C1-C10 heteroalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl or carboxylic acid,
(iii) C3-C6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C3-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(iv) C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with Ci-Ce alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted C3-C10 heteroaryl, amino, or carboxylic acid,
(v) heterocyclyl,
(vi) C3-C10 heteroaryl,
(vii) aralkyl, and
(viii) heteroalkylaryl, and
a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
2. The formulation of Claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of C I, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, and stereoisomers, tautomers, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
3. The formulation of Claim 1 , wherein the compound is 4-(((2S,3S)-l -((2- ((S)-5-(((2H etrazol-5-yl)methyl)carbamoyl)-3-cyclohexyl-2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl)-2- oxoethyl)amino)-3-methyl-l -oxopentan-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The formulation of any one of Claims 1-3 further comprising a skin penetration enhancer.
5. The formulation of Claim 4, wherein the skin penetration enhancer is propylene glycol.
6. The formulation of Claim 4 further comprising a viscosity enhancer.
7. The formulation of Claim 6, wherein the viscosity enhancer is a crosslinked polyacrylate polymer.
8. The formulation of any one of Claims 1-7 having a pH of from about 4 to about 7.4.
9. The formulation of any one of Claims 1-7 having a pH of about 6.0.
10. The formulation of any one of Claims 1 -9 in the form of a gel comprising from about 0.5 to about 20 mg/mL of a compound of formula (I).
11. The formulation of any one of Claims 1 -9 in the form of a gel comprising about 10 mg/mL of a compound of formula (I).
12. A method of treating a burn in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a formulation of any one of Claims 1-11 to a subject in need thereof.
13. The method of Claim 12, wherein the formulation is topically administered.
14. The method of Claim 12, wherein the formulation is administered by injection.
15. A method of healing a burn wound in a subject, comprising administering therapeutically effective amount of a formulation of any one of Claims 1-11 to a subject in need thereof.
16. The method of Claim 15, wherein the formulation is topically administered.
17. The method of Claim 15, wherein the formulation is administered by injection.
18. A method for reducing or preventing the expansion of the zone of stasis of a burn wound in a subject, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of formulation of any one of Claims 1-11 to a subject in need thereof.
19. The method of Claim 18, wherein the formulation is topically administered.
20. The method of Claim 18, wherein the formulation is administered by injection.
21. A method for intradermal delivery of a Granzyme B inhibitor to a subject, comprising administering a formulation of any one of Claims 1-11 to a subject in need thereof.
22. The method of Claim 21, wherein the formulation is topically administered.
23. The method of Claim 21, wherein the formulation is administered by injection.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/075,039 US20190038602A1 (en) | 2016-02-03 | 2017-02-03 | Granzyme b inhibitor formulations and methods for the treatment of burns |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662290862P | 2016-02-03 | 2016-02-03 | |
US62/290,862 | 2016-02-03 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017132771A1 true WO2017132771A1 (en) | 2017-08-10 |
Family
ID=59500505
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CA2017/050126 WO2017132771A1 (en) | 2016-02-03 | 2017-02-03 | Granzyme b inhibitor formulations and methods for the treatment of burns |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20190038602A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017132771A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3186270A4 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2018-03-28 | Vida Therapeutics, Inc. | Cyclic urea compounds as granzyme b inhibitors |
WO2018157244A1 (en) * | 2017-02-28 | 2018-09-07 | The University Of British Columbia | Granzyme b inhibitor compositions and methods for the prevention and/or treatment of skin blistering and/or peeling |
CN110412179A (en) * | 2018-04-26 | 2019-11-05 | 缪荣明 | A kind of method of liquid chromatographic detection granzyme A |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2003065987A2 (en) * | 2002-02-04 | 2003-08-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Granzyme b inhibitors |
WO2012076985A2 (en) * | 2010-12-06 | 2012-06-14 | The University Of British Columbia | Granzyme b inhibitor compositions, methods and uses for promoting wound healing |
WO2014153667A1 (en) * | 2013-03-29 | 2014-10-02 | Vida Therapeutics, Inc. | Cosmetic uses and methods for indoline granzyme b inhibitor compositions |
WO2016015160A1 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2016-02-04 | Vida Therapeutics, Inc. | Cyclic urea compounds as granzyme b inhibitors |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EA201891183A1 (en) * | 2015-11-18 | 2018-12-28 | СИБЕРГ КОНСАЛТИНГ, ЭлЭлСи | COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING NATURAL EXTRACTS AND THEIR APPLICATION FOR SKIN AND HAIR |
-
2017
- 2017-02-03 US US16/075,039 patent/US20190038602A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2017-02-03 WO PCT/CA2017/050126 patent/WO2017132771A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2003065987A2 (en) * | 2002-02-04 | 2003-08-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Granzyme b inhibitors |
WO2012076985A2 (en) * | 2010-12-06 | 2012-06-14 | The University Of British Columbia | Granzyme b inhibitor compositions, methods and uses for promoting wound healing |
WO2014153667A1 (en) * | 2013-03-29 | 2014-10-02 | Vida Therapeutics, Inc. | Cosmetic uses and methods for indoline granzyme b inhibitor compositions |
WO2016015160A1 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2016-02-04 | Vida Therapeutics, Inc. | Cyclic urea compounds as granzyme b inhibitors |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
BOIVIN ET AL.: "Intracellular versus extracellular granzyme B in immunity and disease: challenging the dogma", LABORATORY INVESTIGATION, vol. 89, no. 11, November 2009 (2009-11-01), pages 1195 - 1220, XP055111045, ISSN: 0023-6837 * |
HIEBERT ET AL.: "Granzyme B degrades extracellular matrix and contributes to delayed wound closure in apolipoprotein E knockout mice", CELL DEATH AND DIFFERENTIATION, vol. 20, no. 10, October 2013 (2013-10-01), pages 1404 - 1414, XP055403947, ISSN: 1350-9047 * |
HIEBERT ET AL.: "Granzyme B in injury, inflammation, and repair", TRENDS IN MOLECULAR MEDICINE, vol. 18, no. 12, December 2012 (2012-12-01), pages 732 - 741, XP055118560, ISSN: 1471-4914 * |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3186270A4 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2018-03-28 | Vida Therapeutics, Inc. | Cyclic urea compounds as granzyme b inhibitors |
US10537652B2 (en) | 2014-08-01 | 2020-01-21 | Vida Therapeutics Inc. | Cyclic urea compounds as granzyme B inhibitors |
WO2018157244A1 (en) * | 2017-02-28 | 2018-09-07 | The University Of British Columbia | Granzyme b inhibitor compositions and methods for the prevention and/or treatment of skin blistering and/or peeling |
CN110412179A (en) * | 2018-04-26 | 2019-11-05 | 缪荣明 | A kind of method of liquid chromatographic detection granzyme A |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20190038602A1 (en) | 2019-02-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7443495B2 (en) | Heterocyclic RIP1 kinase inhibitor | |
AU2017343638B2 (en) | Heterocyclic apelin receptor (APJ) agonists and uses thereof | |
AU2015238789B2 (en) | Indoline compounds as granzyme b inhibitors | |
US10329324B2 (en) | Indoline compounds as granzyme B inhibitors | |
US9969772B2 (en) | Covalent granzyme B inhibitors | |
US9849112B2 (en) | Pyrrole compounds as Granzyme B inhibitors | |
AU2015296675B2 (en) | Cyclic urea compounds as Granzyme B inhibitors | |
US9458193B1 (en) | Proline compounds as Granzyme B inhibitors | |
RU2650682C2 (en) | Pyrrole substituted indolone derivative, method of its preparation including its composition and application | |
KR20210113634A (en) | Inhibitors of fibroblast activation protein | |
WO2017132771A1 (en) | Granzyme b inhibitor formulations and methods for the treatment of burns | |
CZ376798A3 (en) | Non-peptidic substances similar to g-cfs | |
US20200062803A1 (en) | Azaindoline compounds as granzyme b inhibitors | |
CA3198096A1 (en) | Aryl derivatives for treating trpm3 mediated disorders | |
JP2023554317A (en) | Methods and compounds for modulating myotonic dystrophy 1 | |
WO2017025493A1 (en) | Quinoline ezh2 inhibitors | |
RU2802426C2 (en) | Fibroblast activation protein inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17746681 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: JP |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17746681 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |